Sie sind auf Seite 1von 252

Service Documents

UJF-3042HG/UJF-6042

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

D500720-21
Service Documents > Maintenance Manual Change Tracking

Maintenance Manual Change Tracking

Date 2013.07.18 Manual Ver. 2.1 Remark


Index Status Rev. Changes
6.3.9 Added 1.0 Item was added.
6.3.10 Added 1.0 Item was added.

Date 2013.05.01 Manual Ver. 2.0A Remark


Index Status Rev. Changes
4.3.1 Revised 1.2 Procedure was changed.
5.1.1 Revised 1.1 List was changed and added.
5.1.2 Added 1.1 Item was added.
5.1.3 Added 1.1 Item was added.
5.1.4 Added 1.1 Item was added.

Date 2013.02.07 Manual Ver. 2.00 Remark


Index Status Rev. Changes
Released UJF-3042HG and UJF-6042 is integrated one.
4.2.20 Added 1.0 Machine Name was added.
4.3.1 Revised 1.1 Procedure and adjustment value was changed.
4.3.5 Added 1.1 Procedure for UJF-6042 was added.
4.3.6 Added 1.0 New page was added.
6.3.8 Added 1.0 New page was added.
8.3.1-P.3 Revised 1.1 Flow was added.

Date 2012.06.05 Manual Ver. 1.10 Remark


Index Status Rev. Changes
4.2.19 Added 1.0 Wash tube was added.

Date 2012.02.16 Manual Ver. 1.00 Remark


Index Status Rev. Changes
Released First edition

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. Maintenance Manual Change Tracking P.1


MAINTENANCE MANUAL > Contents
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.02.07 F/W ver 3.50/1.00 Remark

Contents 1.2

1.1 Basic Operation 3.5 UV UNIT


1.1.1 Sequence at POWER ON 3.5.1 Replacement of LEDUV Irradiation
1.1.2 Sequence at POWER OFF Assy
1.1.3 Work Area Sensor 3.5.2 Replacement of LEDUVx2-DRIVE
1.1.4 LED-UV UNIT PCB Assy
1.1.5 600cc Cartridge 4.1 Operation Matrix
1.2 Maintenance Function
4.2 Adjustment Items
1.2.1 Carriage out
4.2.1 PRINT ADJUST
1.2.2 Wiper Cleaning
4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST
1.2.3 Wiper Bottle
4.2.3 CAPPING
1.2.4 Waste Ink Tank
4.2.4 ADJUST WIPER
1.2.5 Cartridge Exchange
4.2.5 HEAD WASH(#ADJUST)
1.2.6 Filter Check
4.2.6 HEAD ID
1.2.7 NOZZLE WASH
4.2.7 HEAD TEMP
1.2.8 Discharge way washing
4.2.8 EXCHANGE LED UV
1.2.9 CUSTODY WASH
4.2.9 SERIAL No.
1.2.10 HEAD MAINTENANCE
4.2.10 DEALER No.
1.3 Ink System 4.2.11 ORIGIN ADJUST
4.2.12 TABLE ADJUST
2.1 Block Diagram 4.2.13 SET QUALITY
2.1.1 Internal Connection Diagram 4.2.14 FEED COMP.2
4.2.15 ANGLE ADJUST
2.2 Operating Description
4.2.16 DEFAULT SET
2.3 Circuit Board Specifications 4.2.17 Head Voltage Adjustment
4.2.18 Shot Count Reset
2.3.1 Power Supply PCB Assy.
4.2.19 Wash Tube
2.3.2 Main PCB Assy.
4.2.20 MACHINE NAME(UJF-3042HG)
2.3.3 Keyboard 3042 LC PCB Assy.
2.3.4 3042 Station3 PCB Assy. 4.3 Mechanical Adjustment
2.3.5 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. 4.3.1 Adjustment of theTable Flatness
2.3.6 Pump 3 PCB Assy. 4.3.2 Carriage height Adjustment
2.3.7 ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy. 4.3.3 Carriage Front/Rear Tilt Adjustment
2.3.8 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. 4.3.4 LED-UV Unit Height Adjustment
2.3.9 Encorder PCB Assy. 4.3.5 Work Area Sensor Height Adjustment
2.3.10 LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy. 4.3.6 Y drive belt tension adjustment
2.3.11 Water cool LED_1inch-UVLED PCB
Assy. 5.1 Test Items
3.1 Ink Related Parts 5.1.1 CHECK PATTERN
5.1.2 AGEING
3.1.1 Replacement of Head Unit 5.1.3 SENSOR TEST
3.1.2 Replacement of Dumper 5.1.4 PARAM. DRAW
3.1.3 Replacement of Pump Head 5.1.5 MEMORY CHECK
3.1.4 Replacement of Cartridge Guide 5.1.6 Key Board Test
Assy.
5.1.7 LCD Test
3.1.5 Replacement of Cartridge Coupling
5.1.8 Temperature Check
Assy.
5.1.9 UV LEVEL Check
3.2 Driving Parts 5.1.10 INK IC Check
3.2.1 Replacement of Z-Driving Screw 5.1.11 INK TEST
5.1.12 ENCORDER Check
3.3 Electrical Parts 5.1.13 EVENT LOG
3.3.1 Replacement of Main PCB 5.1.14 Message Check
3.3.2 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. 5.1.15 HW Test
Replacement
5.2 Other Test
3.3.3 Replacement of ID Contact PCB
5.2.1 Ink route leak confirmation procedure
3.4 Sensors
6.1 Covers

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. Contents R. P.1


Maintenance Manual > Contents
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.02.07 F/W ver 3.50/1.00 Remark

Contents 1.2
6.1.1 Cover Layout 7.1.1 Concerning Errors and Malfunctions
6.1.2 Key Panel Assy 7.1.2 List of Error Messages
6.1.3 Tube_FFC Holder Stick the 7.1.3 List of Warning Messages
Protection tape 7.1.4 List of SYSTEM HALT
7.1.5 Troubles Without Messages
6.2 Ink-related Parts Displayed
6.2.1 Head Assy
6.2.2 Dumper 7.2 Detailed Methods of Coping with the
6.2.3 Pump Head Malfunctions
6.2.4 Station Assy. 7.2.1 Cannot start for SYSTEMHALT(1)
6.2.5 Wipe Suction Pump Assy. 11c:SLDR PCB H
6.2.6 Cartridge Guide Assy. 7.2.2 Discharging defect cannot be
6.2.7 Cartridge Coupling Assy. improved by cleaning.
6.2.8 Cartridge valve Assy. 8.1 Basic Operation
6.2.9 Capping
6.2.10 Wiper unit Assy(Belt, Sensor) 8.1.1 Start
6.2.11 Circulation Pump Assy. 8.2 Print Mode
6.3 Driving Parts 8.2.1 LOCAL / REMOTE
6.3.1 X-axis Motor Assy 8.2.2 FUNCTION
6.3.2 Y-axis Motor 8.2.3 SETUP
6.3.3 Table 8.2.4 MAINTENANCE
6.3.4 Z-Driving Screw 8.2.5 MACHINE SETUP
6.3.5 Slider Relay Cooling Fan Assy 8.3 Service Mode
6.3.6 Mist Suction Fan Assy
8.3.1 #ADJUST
6.3.7 Linear Encorder Scale
8.3.2 #TEST
6.3.8 X Reducer Assy
8.3.3 #PARAMETER
6.3.9 X Gear Box
6.3.10 Motor Coupling
6.4 PCBs
6.4.1 Power Supply PCB Assy
6.4.2 Main PCB
6.4.3 3042 Slider Relay PCB Assy
6.4.4 3042 Station 3 PCB Assy
6.4.5 Slider PCB
6.4.6 3042 Pump 3 PCB Assy
6.4.7 ID Contact PCB
6.4.8 Keyboard PCB
6.4.9 Linear Encoder PCB
6.5 Sensors
6.5.1 X origin sensor
6.5.2 Z origin sensor
6.5.3 Work area sensor
6.5.4 Cover sensor
6.5.5 Table Cover sensor
6.6 Other Electrical Parts

6.7 UV Parts
6.7.1 LED UV UNIT
6.7.2 UV Cooling Unit
6.7.3 Cooling Water Pump
6.7.4 Radiator Fan Assy.
6.8 Greasing

7.1 Details on Errors and Malfunctions

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. Contents R. P.2


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Basic Operation

1. Operating Principle
1.1 1.2 1.3
1
Basic Operation Maintenance Function Ink System

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Basic Operation > Sequence at POWER ON
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.1.1 Sequence at POWER ON 1.0

Sequence at turning on the power supply


The flow after turning on the power supply is as below:

No. Item Process content


1 CPU, H/W default setting

1
2 S-RAM check Read/ Write check of S-RAM
This is not activated when an error has been detected.
3 F-ROM check Hash check of F-ROM
When a hash error occurs, 7-seg LED on the main PCB lights and P is displayed.
4 Voltage check Power Supply voltage check of Main PCB.

2
In the case of the abnormal detection, 7-seg LED on the main PCB lights.
5 FPGA configuration Configuration other than the slider PCB
6 SD-RAM check Read/ Write check of SD-RAM
ERROR112 is displayed and system is shut down when an error has been detected.
7 Version infomation display Turns OFF the power supply for the UV lamp (+35V) by clearing data.
8 Parameter check Parameter initialization at the initial startup after F/W version upgrade
Initializes the parameters below:
3
MAINTENANCE
SERVO
INK2

4
WAVE1
WAVE2
SCAN
In addition, performs check sum in the parameter area, displays ERROR202 (parameter error) and
shuts down the system.
9 Initial operation FPGA configuration of the slider PCB and origin detection operation

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.1.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Basic Operation > Sequence at POWER OFF
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.1.2 Sequence at POWER OFF 1.0

Sequence at turning OFF the power supply


The flow until the power supply is turned OFF is as below:

No. Item Process content


1 UV Power OFF Turns OFF the power supply of the UV lamp unit.

1
2 Moving to local If the status is other than local, changes it to local.
3 Saving parameter Saves the parameters below when the power supply is turned OFF.
Saving the parameter value
Backup of the parameter to F-ROM
In addition, performs check sum and displays ERROR817 (save area error) when an error occurs.

2
4 Moving head to capping Moves the head to the capping position if it stays away from that position.
position * Depending on the mode, it may not return to the capping position.
5 Turn Power of SLIDER PCB
OFF
6 Saving event log Saves turning OFF the power supply to the event log.

3
7 Power OFF

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.1.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Basic Operation > Work Area Sensor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.1.3 Work Area Sensor 1.0

Outline
This sensor is set to prevent the head from being damaged. It detects the work coming out or warpage etc. on the table
to stop the operation before the head hits that part.

Figure of constitution

STOP!
Light axis position
Below 0.5mm from the bottom
surface of the head
1
Head

Sensor for receiving light Sensor for floodlighting

Basic head gap: 1.5mm Table


2
Operating Principle

3
1 The light axis of the obstacle sensor is set below 0.5mm from the bottom surface of the nozzle.

2 When LED light of the sensor (visible light) is shaded by the obstacle, the operation is terminated.

3 Before the printing operation, checks whether there is no obstacle by moving the Y-Bar back and forth with the
head being stored in the station.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.1.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Basic Operation > LED-UV UNIT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.1.4 LED-UV UNIT 1.0

Outline
This UV unit is a lamp using LED and water circulation is adopted for heat release.

Operation principle of LED-UV unit


The UV unit is equipped with eight LED-UVs, and you can control luminance and ON/OFF individually.

1
The flow while the UV unit operates is as below:

No. Item Process content


1 Start drawing Turn ON the UV lamp power supply (+35V) and the LEDUVx2 DRV PCB cooling FAN.
2 During drawing Controls the amount of light and ON/OFF of each LED-UV, and lighting area, and detects errors during lighting.
When an abnormality has been detected, the error below occurs.
ERROR706 UV UNIT OVER HEAT (The temperature in the UV unit became higher than the specific value.) 2
ERROR708 UV THERMISTOR BRK (The thermistor (temperature sensor) in the UV unit came down.)
ERROR70a LED UV CURRENT (LEDUV is broken or the detected current is abnormal.)
3 Abort of drawing Turn OFF the UV lamp power supply (+35V) by DATA CLEAR.
4 End drawing Turn OFF all LED-UVs after drawing is completed.
Turn OFF the UV lamp power supply (+35V).
3
Operation principle of water cooled system
This is a system to cool the UV unit.

Controls the amount of cooling water by monitoring the temperature of the thermistor on the UVLED PCB. 4
No. Item Process content
1 Waiting status 1. Monitors the temperature of the UVLED PCB.
Online state 2. Monitors the temperature of the UVLED PCB and if it becomes 30 degrees and above,
rotates the water cooled pump and the radiator FAN. (You can set three levels of the flow
volume for the water cooled pump depending on the temperature of the UVLED.) 5
3. Monitors the temperature of the UVLED PCB and if it becomes 30 degrees and below,
stops the water cooled pump and the radiator FAN.
4. When an abnormality has been detected in the water cooled system, the error below occurs.
ERROR705 WATER LACK (Water in the cooling water buffer tank became less.)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.1.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Basic Operation > 600cc Cartridge
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.1.5 600cc Cartridge 1.0

Outline
A 600cc-cartridge can be used for this machine.
It is not necessary to change the mechanism etc. Only you have to do is to insert it into the ink slot as is the case with
the normal cartridge.
In addition, as the control is changed to the dedicated one for 600cc-cartridge, the recognition method for the remain-
ing amount of ink is also changed. Therefore, the operation will be changed. Here, the basic principle of controlling
the remaining amount of ink is mainly explained. (For the details of operation, refer to the users manual as it is a
users level thing.)
1
Operating Principle
Setting cartridge
1 Actually measure the weight of an empty cartridge (without the IC chip/ink pack).
2 Set up the 600cc-cartridge.
Put the ink pack in the empty cartridge and attach the IC chip.
2
3 Set the 600cc-cartridge in the ink slot.
4 The main body recognizes that it is a 600cc-cartridge from the IC chip.

3
5 Enter the CASE WEIGHT, the empty cartridge weight measured in the Step 1 above.
The LCD is changed to prompt you to enter the CASE WEIGHT for the slot on which the 600cc-car-
tridge was set.
This will be the value to calculate the remaining amount of ink from total weight of the cartridges set sub-
sequently.

4
Recognizing remaining amount of ink
* Operable "After ink filling", "After Ink level Low occurs", "After Ink level end occurs" and
"When weight has not been entered".
1 Perform CART WEIGHT .
2 Pull the 600cc-cartridge from the slot and actually measure total weight of the 600cc-cartridge.

5
3 Enter the actually measured value of the Step 2) above in the WEIGHT. (*1)
4 The amount of consumption by normal printing, cleaning, etc. is counted in the F/W depending on the number
of shots and the rotating number of pumps, and they are taken from the WEIGHT of the Step 3) above.
Judgment of ink near end or ink end
1 If the subtracted value of the amount of ink consumption calculated by the F/W described above becomes

6
60cc and below, the status of the cartridge is in the Ink Level Low and it is recognized as an unusable car-
tridge once. You cannot perform printing.
2 Pull the relevant cartridge out, measure total weight of the cartridge and enter the actual measured value. (*1)
3 If the value subtracted "CASE WEIGHT" initially entered from the actual measured value is 30cc and above,
you can use it again.

7
-- If the value is between 25cc and 30cc, you can use it again, however, it is recognized as "Ink near end" and
you cannot perform cleaning nor ink filling operation.
-- If the value is 25cc and below, it is recognized as "Ink Level end" and you cannot use it.
4 When the remaining amount of ink count inside becomes 30cc and below, it is recognized as "Ink near end"
and you cannot perform cleaning nor ink filling operation.

8
5 When the remaining amount of ink count inside becomes 25cc and below, it is recognized as "Ink Level end". The
cartridge becomes unusable and you cannot perform printing operation.
6 Actually measure the cartridge and enter the value in the same way as the Step 2) above. (*1)
7 If the value by subtracting CASE WEIGHTand entered early is 25cc and above, it is recognized as Ink
near endand it will become usable again (printing is only available).
If it is 25cc and below, it becomes Ink Level end and it will be an unusable cartridge.
(*1): The condition for entering the actually measured value is to pull the cartridge. (Because it shall be measured
actually.)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.1.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function

1. Operating Principle
1.1 1.2 1.3
1
Basic Operation Maintenance Function Ink System

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > Carriage out
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.1 Carriage out 1.0

LCD display

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION STATION


STATION <ENT> MENT :CARRIAGE PLEASE WAIT COMPLETED <ENT>

Process sequence
1
STEP. Processing Description
1 Start 1. Moves the table downward to the lowest position.
2. The Y bar comes to the front.
3.
4.
Performs cap OFF and moves the head to the maintenance position.
The wiper comes to the front. 2
2 Performing maintenance 1. The wiper pump operates periodically while maintenance is being
performed.
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the

3
[ENTER].
3 End 1. The wiper returns to the wiper origin position (aftermost).
2. The head caps ON.
3. If the warning of cap cleaning is displayed, clear it.
4. Clear the counter for the warning of cap cleaning.

4
For other than the service mode, to prevent dryness of the nozzle surface and inside the cap, the warning sound
beeps at intervals of 30 seconds during carriage out.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > Wiper Cleaning
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.2 Wiper Cleaning 1.0

Indication on LCD

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION


STATION <ENT> MENT :WIPER CLEANING COMPLETED <ENT>

Processing sequence
1
STEP. Processing Description
1 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.
2. Performs cap OFF and moves the head to the maintenance position.

2 Performing maintenance
3. The wiper comes to the front.
1. The wiper pump operates periodically while maintenance is being
2
performed.
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the
[ENTER].

3
3 End 1. The wiper returns to the wiper origin position (aftermost).
2. The head caps ON.
3. If the warning of Wiper Cleaning is displayed, clear it.
4. Clear the counter for the warning of Wiper Cleaning

For other than the service mode, to prevent dryness of the nozzle surface and inside the cap, the warning sound

4
beeps at intervals of 30 seconds during carriage out.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > Wiper Bottle
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.3 Wiper Bottle 1.0

Indication on LCD

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION


STATION <ENT> MENT :WIPER BOTTLE COMPLETED <ENT>

Processing sequence
1
STEP. Processing Description
1 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.

2
2 Performing maintenance 1. There is no operation of the machine while maintenance is being
performed.
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the
[ENTER].
3 End 1. If the warning of Wiper Bottle is displayed, clear it.
2. Clear the counter for the warning of Wiper Bottle.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > Waste Ink Tank
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.4 Waste Ink Tank 1.0

Indication on LCD

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION


STATION <ENT> MENT :WASTE TANK COMPLETED <ENT>

Processing sequence
1
STEP. Processing Description
1 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.

2
2 Performing maintenance 1. There is no operation of the machine while maintenance is being
performed.
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the
[ENTER].
3 End 1. If the warning of Waste Ink Tank is displayed, clear it.
2. Clear the counter for the warning of Waste Ink Tank.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > Cartridge Exchange
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.5 Cartridge Exchange 1.0

Indication on LCD

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION


STATION <ENT> MENT :EXCH CARTRIDGE COMPLETED <ENT>

Processing sequence
1
STEP. Processing Description
1 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.

2
2 Performing maintenance 1. There is no operation of the machine while maintenance is being
performed.
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the
[ENTER].
3 End 1. There is no operation at termination.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > Filter Check
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.6 Filter Check 1.0

Indication on LCD

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION


STATION <ENT> MENT :CHECK FILTER COMPLETED <ENT>

Processing sequence
1
STEP. Processing Description
1 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.
2. Performs cap OFF and moves the head to the maintenance position.
2 Performing maintenance 1. There is no operation of the machine while maintenance is being
performed.
2
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the
[ENTER].
3 End 1. The head caps ON.

3
2. If the warning of Filter Exchange is displayed, clear it.
3. Clear the counter for the warning of Filter Exchange.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.6 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > NOZZLE WASH
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.7 NOZZLE WASH 1.0

Indication on LCD

Indicate 1

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION Fill the liquid.


STATION <ENT> MENT :NOZZLE WASH HEAD [1234] COMPLETED <ENT>
Indicate 2 Indicate 3 Indicate 4

1
STATION STATION CLEANING ACTIVE
LEAVING : **min LEAVING hh:mm ***---------------

Processing sequence

STEP. Processing Description 2


1 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.
2. Performs cap OFF and moves the head to the maintenance position.
3. The wiper comes to the front.

3
2 Performing maintenance 1. The wiper pump operates periodically while maintenance is being performed.
(Indicate 1) 2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the [ENTER].
3 Entering leaving time 1. The wiper returns to the wiper origin position (aftermost).
(Indicate 2) 2. The head caps ON.
3. The Y bar returns to the back.
4. Select the leaving time with the[] [] keys.
5. When you press the [ENTER] key, it enters in the waiting mode for the set leaving
time. 4
4 Waiting for leaving time 1. It does not move with cap ON for the set leaving time.
(Indicate 3) 2. After the set leaving time has passed, performs cleaning.
5 Cleaning 1. Performs normal cleaning once.

5
(Indicate 4) 2. By cleaning is terminated, nozzle cleaning is completed.

For other than the service mode, to prevent dryness of the nozzle surface and inside the cap, the warning sound
beeps at intervals of 30 seconds during carriage out.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.7 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > Discharge way washing
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.8 Discharge way washing 1.0

Indication on LCD

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION


STATION <ENT> MENT :DISWAY WASH COMPLETED <ENT>

Processing sequence
1
STEP. Processing Description
1 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.
2. Performs cap OFF and moves the head to the maintenance position.
2 Performing maintenance 1. The wiper pump operates periodically while maintenance is being performed.
(Absorbs for 5 seconds and leaves for 10 seconds.)
2
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the [ENTER].
3 End 1. Absorbs for 20 seconds at last and the absorption pump stops.
2. The head caps ON.

For other than the service mode, to prevent dryness of the nozzle surface and inside the cap, the warning sound
beeps at intervals of 30 seconds during carriage out.
3

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.8 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > CUSTODY WASH
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.9 CUSTODY WASH 1.0

Indication on LCD

Indicate 1 Indicate 2
MAINTENANCE STATION Fill the liquid. STATION
STATION <ENT> MENT :CUSTODY WASH COMPLETED <ENT> LEAVING : **min

Indicate 3 Indicate 4 Indicate 5

1
STATION CLEANING ACTIVE STATION
LEAVING hh:mm ***--------------- COMPLETED <ENT>

Processing sequence

STEP. Processing Description 2


1 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.
2. Performs cap OFF and moves the head to the maintenance position.
3. The wiper comes to the front.

3
2 Performing maintenance 1. The wiper pump operates periodically while maintenance is being performed.
(Indicate 1) 2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the [ENTER].
3 Entering leaving time 1. The wiper returns to the wiper origin position (aftermost).
(Indicate 2) 2. The head caps ON.
3. The Y bar returns to the back.
4. Select the leaving time with the[] [] keys.
5. When you press the [ENTER] key, it enters in the waiting mode for the set leaving
time. 4
4 Waiting for leaving time 1. It does not move with cap ON for the set leaving time.
(Indicate 3) 2. After the set leaving time has passed, performs cleaning.
5 Cleaning 1. Performs normal cleaning once.

5
(Indicate 4) 2. By cleaning is terminated, nozzle cleaning is completed.
6 Start 1. The Y bar comes to the front.
2. Performs cap OFF and moves the head to the maintenance position.
3. Moves the table downward to the lowest position.
7 Performing maintenance 1. The absorption pump operates periodically during maintenance is being performed.

6
(Indicate 5) (Absorbs for 5 seconds and leaves for 10 seconds.)
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the [ENTER].
8 End 1. Absorbs for 20 seconds at last and the absorption pump stops.
2. The head caps ON.

For other than the service mode, to prevent dryness of the nozzle surface and inside the cap, the warning sound

7
beeps at intervals of 30 seconds during carriage out.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.9 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Maintenance Function > HEAD MAINTENANCE
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

1.2.10 HEAD MAINTENANCE 1.0

Indication on LCD

MAINTENANCE STATION STATION


STATION <ENT> MENT :HEAD MENT COMPLETED <ENT>

Processing sequence
1
STEP. Processing Description
1 Start 1. Moves the table downward to the lowest position.
2. The Y bar comes to the front.
3.
4.
Performs cap OFF and moves the head to the maintenance position.
The wiper comes to the front. 2
2 Performing maintenance 1. The wiper pump operates periodically while maintenance is being
performed.
2. Message of maintenance is completed is displayed. Terminate with the
[ENTER].
3 End 1. The wiper returns to the wiper origin position (aftermost).
2. The head caps ON.
3
For other than the service mode, to prevent dryness of the nozzle surface and inside the cap, the warning sound
beeps at intervals of 30 seconds during carriage out.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 1.2.10 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operating Principle > Ink System

1. Operating Principle
1.1 1.2 1.3
1
Basic Operation Maintenance Function Ink System

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Block Diagram

2. Electrical Parts
2.1 2.2 2.3
2
Block Diagram Operating Description Circuit Board Specifications

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Block Diagram > Internal Connection Diagram
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.1.1 Internal Connection Diagram 1.0

CARTRIDGE PART
ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy 1
E106699 ID[1..2]
Cartridge Sensor 1
<Value> CS[1..2] Y BAR PART
Near End Sensor 1
<Value> NES[1..2]

ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy 2 Cartridge Sensor 2


E106699 ID[1..2] <Value> CS[1..2]
Near End Sensor 2
NES[1..2]

ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy 3


<Value>

Cartridge Sensor 3
I/O PART
ID[1..2] CS[1..2]

1
E106699 <Value>
Near End Sensor 3
<Value> NES[1..2]

ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy 4 Cartridge Sensor 4


E106699 ID[1..2] <Value> CS[1..2]
Near End Sensor 4
<Value> NES[1..2]

ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy 5 Cartridge Sensor 5


E106699 ID[1..2] <Value> CS[1..2]
Near End Sensor 5
<Value> NES[1..2]

ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy 6 Cartridge Sensor 6


E106699 ID[1..2] <Value> CS[1..2]
Near End Sensor 6
NES[1..2]

2
<Value>

ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy 7 Cartridge Sensor 7


E106699 ID[1..2] <Value> CS[1..2]
Near End Sensor 7
SOL7 Ink Cartridge Solenoid 7 <Value> NES[1..2]
E300816 SOL[1..2]
Cartridge Sensor 8 HG Slider Relay PCB
<Value> CS[1..2] 1033477 E106962
ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy 8 Near End Sensor 8 Cartridge Sensor Assy 8
E106699 ID[1..2] <Value> NES[1..2] CN10[1..4]
CN3[1..30]
SOL8 Ink Cartridge Solenoid 8 CN11[1..4]
E300816 SOL[1..2] CN7[1..30]
E106246 Ink IC Contact Connection Cable Assy CN12[1..4]
CN8[1..30]
CN14[1..4]
E106996 Ink IC Contact Connection Cable+2 Assy CN5[1..12]

3
CN15[1..4]

CN16[1..4]
CN CN
CN30[1..4]
P[1..2] P[1..2]
P[1..2] P[1..2] CN31[1..4]
SMR-02V-B SMP-02V-BC

CN CN CN19[1..12]

P[1..2] P[1..2] CN32[1..4]


P[1..2] P[1..2]
SMR-02V-B SMP-02V-BC

Y MOTOR PART
+59 E106401

4
Micro SW Cover Sensor Cable Assy.
D3M-01K1-3 CN[1..3] CN4[1..2]

/64
Ymotor CN CN
E300440
P[1..2] P[1..2] IPPR3_Cascade Short 13 Assy.
POW[1..2] P[1..2] P[1..2] E106086 CN[1..3] CN25[1..3]
HLR-02V HLP-02V
ENC[1..4] CN CN
E[1..5] E[1..5] 3042 SL-Relay Power Short Assy.
E[1..5] E[1..5] CN[1..12] CN1[1..12]
WHITE CYCLESMTR7
PART SMR-05V-B SMP-05V-BC
E106272
CN27[1..5]
Pump (stepping motor)
WPM1-W2EA-WP (Welco) CN[1..6] '

5
Y Motor Relay Cable Assy.
SMTR8 CN28[1..2]
Stepping Motor
WPM1-W2EA-WP (Welco) CN[1..6] CN29[1..6]

E106999
Circulating Pump Connection Assy.
CN34[1..8]
LED-UV WATER COOL PART
COOLING PUMP E106995
PMTR HG Centrifugal Pump Connection Assy. CN26[1..16]
Circulation Pump PMP[1..2] CN13[1..16]
BR400-BM <Value>
CN CN
FAN5 COOLING FAN '
E106265 M[1..2] M[1..2] HG Water Cooling FAN Relay Cable Assy. CN6[1..12]

6
Water Cool FAN Assy. FAN[1..2] M[1..2] M[1..2] CN22[1..2]
<Value> SMR-02V-B SMP-02V-BC CN2[1..30]
CN CN CN17[1..6]
Float Sensor E106346
E105378 M[1..2] M[1..2] Float Switch Relay Cable Assy. CN24[1..2]
Float Switch Assy. SW[1..2] M[1..2] M[1..2]
<Value> ZHR-2 ZMR-2 FAN4
E106268
Heat radiation FAN Assy. FAN[1..2]

MOUNT PART MAIN PART

7
PWR2
LFA150F-36-J1-S-R(COSEL)
CN2[1..6]
CN1[1..3]
CN1(5) CN3[1..7] UJF-3042 Main PCB Assy.
E106243
CN4[1..2] E300763
FFC100R-30-2300
PWR1 CN6[1..30] E106269
E300442 Main-SL-Relay Cable Assy.
CN8[1..12]
E107002
CN1[1..3] HG DC Power Cable Assy. E300814
CN2[1..10] CN11[1..10] FFC125R-20-0500
CN9[1..20]

8
CN3[1..3] CN12[1..3]

CN14[1..4]

E107001 CN15[1..10]
AC100 - 240V . HG Noise Filter - Power Connection Assy.
Single phase 50/60Hz
E106253
AC Inlet Assy.
SW1 CN10[1..10]
E300427
AC PLUG INLET NF1
Power Cable (domestic) . E107000
ACIN[1..2] L2 HG Noise Filter Connection Assy. CN7[1..16]
L L L ACOUT[1..2] ACIN[1..2]
N N N ACOUT[1..2]
E E E E AJ8202WWF E

<Value> CM11(C-459) EAM-06-000(COSEL)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.1.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Block Diagram > Internal Connection Diagram
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.1.1 Internal Connection Diagram 1.0

SLIDER PART
3042 Slider PCB FM Assy.
E106803

H1~2
CN7[1..50] CN?[1..50] R HEAD1
CN8[1..50] CN?[1..50] GEN4

H3~4
CN9[1..50] CN?[1..50] R HEAD2
CN10[1..50] CN?[1..50]

1
GEN4

H5~6
CN11[1..50] CN?[1..50] R HEAD3
CN12[1..50] CN?[1..50] GEN4

H7~8
CN13[1..50] CN?[1..50] R HEAD4
CN14[1..50] CN?[1..50] GEN4

E106247
Y Origin L-ENC Cable Assy. Y ORG SNS
CN19[1..7] CN[1..3] OJ-6505-N2

Encoder PCB Assy.

2
CN?[1..4] E103961

E106245
LED Pointer Assy. LED POINTER
CN17[1..8] CN[1..2] <Value>
CN CN
FAN3
P[1..2] P[1..2] Mist Adsorption FAN Assy.
' ((%4 P[1..2] P[1..2] CN[1..2] E106318
CN2[1..30] SMP-02V-BC SMR-02V-B (109-1003G Resin Finger Guard)
' ((%4
CN4[1..30] CN
' ((%4
CN6[1..30] P[1..2]
' Slider Relay PCB - Slider Cable Assy. P[1..2]
CN1[1..12] SMP-02V-BC FAN2

3
E106489
CN[1..2]
Y Cable Pair E106429
DRV PCB Cooling FAN Assy.
(109-149E Finger Guard)
CN[1..3] CN3[1..3] CN15[1..22] E106488
3042 UVDRV Control Assy. CN4[1..2]
IPPR3_Cascade Short 13 Assy.
CN18[1..10] CN1[1..8]
E106086
CN2[1..16] E106487 .'&`
LED-UV Connection Cable Assy. 78.'&2%$
CN5[1..10] CN1[1..10] E105982

E106487 .'&`
LED-UV Connection Cable Assy. 78.'&2%$
CN6[1..10] CN1[1..10] E105982

4
LEDUVx2DRV PCB Assy.

LED-UV LIGHTING PART

Pump 3 PCB
Obstacle Sensor SNS1
E105949 E106997
Pump Motor Connection x4 Assy.
SMTR2
Stepping Motor
CN10[1..16] CN[1..6] E300924
Obstacle Sensor receiver side Obstacle Sensor lighting side
SMTR3
CN?[1..3] CN?[1..2] CN8[1..2] Stepping Motor
<Value> <Value> CN[1..6] E300924

5
E106259 SMTR4
Photoelectric Sensor Assy. Stepping Motor
CN[1..6] E300924

SMTR5
Stepping Motor
CN[1..6] E300924

E300766 FFC125R-16-1200
CN2[1..16]
E106255 SMTR6
Wiper Motor Cable Assy. Stepping Motor
CN11[1..16] CN[1..6] E300924

S1

6
Wiper Sensor
CN5[1..8] CN[1..3] Cable Assy.
E106256

CN CN Diaphragm Pump
E107005 CN[1..3] E104675
HG Diaphragm Connection Assy. P[1..4] P[1..4]
CN9[1..2] P[1..4] P[1..4]
X Cable Pair 5557-02R 5559-02P
STATION PART
CN1
3042 Station 3 PCB
E106328 E106262 P[1..4]
E107020 Adsorption FAN Connection Cable Assy. P[1..4]
HG X Slider FG CN14[1..8] 5559-02P SMTR1
E107003 HG Z MTR Cable Assy. Stepping Motor

7
CN13[1..12] CN[1..6] E300924
CN3[1..20] E106264 Z ORG Cable Assy.
CN15[1..12] Z ORG SENS1
CN CN CN[1..3] OJ-6505-N2
E106319 ISW2
P[1..4] P[1..4]
TABLE PART
Cover Sensor Cable TB Assy. Micro SW
P[1..4] P[1..4] CN[1..3] D3M-01K1-3
5559-02P 5557-02R

CN CN MTR1
E106257 Xmotor
X Motor Cable Assy. P[1..2] P[1..2] E300532
P[1..2] P[1..2]
YLP-02V YLR-02V POW[1..2]

E106250 ENC[1..4]

8
X Origin Sensor Cable Assy.

X ORG SENS

KEYBOARD PART OJ-6505-N2


CN[1..3]

E106647
Keyboard 3042LC PCB Assy.

E300762 FFC100R-10-1600
CN CN CN1[1..10] CN6[1..2] E106251 SUB POW SW

X MOTOR PART
Remote SW Assy. SPOWSW
M[1..2] M[1..2] CN3[1..4] CN5[1..4] SW[1..4]
M[1..2] M[1..2] ACEA32327G
SMP-02V-BC SMR-02V-B E106249 Safety SW
Interlock SW Assy. ISW1
SW[1..2]
A165E-S-01

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.1.1 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Operating Description

2. Electrical Parts
2.1 2.2 2.3
2
Block Diagram Operating Description Circuit Board Specifications

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications

2. Electrical Parts
2.1 2.2 2.3
2
Block Diagram Operating Description Circuit Board Specifications

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > Power Supply PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.1 Power Supply PCB Assy. 1.0

2
Outline
Board name :Power Supply PCB Assy.
Mounted position :Main Control Unit part

Main specifications

The power for each control and driving is supplied.


3
List of Connectors

4
Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting des- Remarks
tination CN
CN1 5 Noise Filter Input AC100240V, 50/60Hz, 3.5A
CN2 10 Main PCB Assy. CN13 Output DC+35V / 6A, +5V / 3.5A, +3.3V / 3.5A
CN3 3 Main PCB Assy. CN15 Remote signal +5VSB 0.7A
* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-
gram.
5
Fuse Rating

Parts No. Rating Use voltage Remarks


F3 T6.3AH 250V AC100240V AC input part

Volume Specification 6
Parts No. Voltage Adjustable range
VR1 +35V +34.08V ~ +35.02V
VR2 +5V +4.98V ~ +5.02V

7
VR3 +3.3V +3.28V ~ +3.32V

Power supply confirmation point

Confirmation point DC Power Voltage Remarks


Parts No. Pin No.

8
CN2 1Pin, 2Pin +35V
CN2 5Pin, 6Pin +5V
CN2 9Pin, 10Pin +3.3V
CN3 1Pin +5VSB

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > Main PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.2 Main PCB Assy. 1.0

2
Outline
Board name :UJF-3042 MAIN PCB Assy.

3
Mounted position :Main Control Unit part

Main specifications
UJF-3042 MAIN PCB Assy is the PCB to connect the GP Key Board Assy, 3042 Station 3 PCB Assy, 3042 Slider
Relay PCB Assy and the X Motor with the external IF.

USB Port Supports USB2.


LAN Port
Connection between PCBs
Supports 100BASE-TX.
10-pin FFC connection (GP Key Board connection)
4
(KEY I/F)
Connection between PCBs 20-pin FFC connection (3042 Station 3 PCB connection)
(SERIAL IO I/F)

5
Connection between PCBs 30-pin FFC connection (3042 Slider Relay PCB connection)
(HDC I/F) Twisted pair cable (LAN cable is used.)
Motor connection X Motor, X encorder

List of Connectors

6
Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks
destination CN
CN1 4 Host PC USB2.0 I/F
CN2 12 Not Use UART 2CH
CN3 100 Not Use For Debug
CN4 9 Not Use JTAG I/F(For CPLD writing or FPGA JTAG TEST)
CN5
CN6
80
30
Not Use
HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. CN2
For Additional memory board (Connector is not mounted)
HDC IO 7
CN7 16 X Origen sensor, Relay Connec- OJ-6505-N2, Additional +5V supply to GP Key Board , Short
GP Key Board tor Pin
CN8 12 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. CN6 Main PCB - 3042 Slider Relay PCB Serializer I/F

8
CN9 20 3042 Station3 PCB Assy CN3 20 Pin serial IO
CN10 10 Keyboard 3042 LC PCB Assy. CN1 GP Key Board SERIAL IO
CN11 10 Power Supply PCB Assy CN2 DC Voltage Input
CN12 3 Power Supply PCB Assy CN3 Remote signal
CN13 10 LAN I/F Ethernet (100BASE-TX)
CN14 4 X Motor X Motor driver
CN15 10 X Motor X Motor encorder
* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-
gram.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > Main PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.2 Main PCB Assy. 1.0

Test point

Parts No. Signal Remarks


TP6-7 GND
TP1-5, TP10, TP11 Debug

LED Specification

Parts No., Signal Remarks 1


D14 Write check of U15 (CPLD). If it is written, it lights.
D15 Fuse check of F2 and F3. If both fuses blown out, it is turned off.
D16 Fuse check of F1 and F4. If both fuses blown out, it is turned off.
D17 Sensor check of CN7 No. 3 Pin (X-origin sensor)
D18
D19
Sensor check of CN7 No. 4 Pin (Not Use)
Fuse check of F5. If the fuse blown out, it is turned off.
2
D23 Fuse check of F6. If the fuse blown out, it is turned off.
D30 Check of +5VSB backup power supply

Fuse Specification
3
Parts No., Rate Using Voltage Remark
F1 3.15A AC125V, DC60V +35V CN6
F2 3.15A AC125V, DC60V +35V CN6
F3 6.3A AC125V, DC60V +35V CN8
F4
F5
6.3A
3.15A
AC125V, DC60V
AC125V, DC60V
+35V
+35V
CN8
CN9
4
F6 3.15A AC125V, DC60V +5V CN9, CN10

Power supply confirmation point

Confirmation point DC Power Voltage Remarks 5


Parts No. Pin No.
CN11 1Pin +35V-1
CN11 2PIn +35V-2 UV Lamp

6
CN11 5Pin, 6Pin +5V
CN11 9Pin, 10Pin +3.3V
CN12 1Pin +5VB Buck up power supply
U17 1Pin +3.3VB Buck up power supply
U24 1Pin +2.5V
U25 1Pin +1.8V
U26
C227
1Pin
[+] Pin
+1.2V
+12V
7
RA89 8Pin A+5V +5V

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > Keyboard 3042 LC PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.3 Keyboard 3042 LC PCB Assy. 1.0

1
Outline

2
Board name :Keyboard 3042 LC PCB Assy.
Mounted position :Operating part

Main specifications
The Keyboard 3042 LC PCB Assy. is connected with UJF-3042 MAIN PCB Assy. using 10-pin FFC. It displays
information on the LCD and is operated with keys.

Information display
Key Operation
Displays on the LCD.
Operates the machine with keys and enters information.
3
Connection between PCBs 10-pin FFC connection (Keyboard 3042 LC PCB Connection)
(KET I/F)

4
List of Connectors

Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks


destination CN
CN1 10 UJF-3042 MAIN PCB Assy CN10
CN2 16 LCD

5
CN3 4 X Origin sensor cable Assy DC+5V PowerSupply
EMG SW(A165E-S-01) Safety Stop SW
Cover sensor cable Assy Table cover sensor
CN4 9 Not Use JTAG I/F(For CPLD writing)
CN5 4 Remote SW Assy Software Power SW
* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-

6
gram.
Test point

Parts No. Signal Remarks


TP1, TP2 GND
LED Specification
Parts No.,
D1
Signal
Lights when turning ON the power supply.
Remarks 7
D2 Write check of IC3 (CPLD). If it is written, it lights.
D3 Lights when software power switch is OFF.
Power supply confirmation point
Confirmation point DC Power Voltage Remarks 8
Parts No. Pin No.
IC4 5Pin +5V
IC4 4Pin +3.3V

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > 3042 Station3 PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.4 3042 Station3 PCB Assy. 1.0

3
Outline
Board name :3042 Station3 PCB Assy.
Mounted position :Table part

Main specifications

4
This PCB controls the stepping motor driving that moves on the table up and down, the origin sensor of the table
(upper and lower) and the absorption FAN of the table.

Stepping motor control For Table moving, Up/Down.


Z Origin sensor Origin sensor of the table.
Blower control Adsorption FAN control

5
Connection between PCBs 20-pin FFC connection
(SERIAL IO I/F)

List of Connectors

Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks

6
destination CN
CN1 4 Not Use +35V (Preliminary power supply)
CN2 10 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN3 20 UJF-3042 MAIN PCB Assy CN9 20 Pin Serial I/O
CN4 2 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN5 4 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN6
CN7
16
2
Not Use
Not Use
Connector is not mounted.
Connector is not mounted. 7
CN8 2 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN9 4 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN10 16 Not Use Connector is not mounted.

8
CN11 9 Not Use JTAG I/F(CPLD)
CN12 2 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN13 12 Srepping motor For Table moving, Up/Down.
CN14 8 Adsorption FANAssy Table adsorption FAN
CN15 2 Z origin sensor Origin sensor of the table.(OJ-6505-N2)
CN16 2 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN17 2 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN18 2 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN19 14 Not Use Connector is not mounted.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > 3042 Station3 PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.4 3042 Station3 PCB Assy. 1.0

Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks


destination CN
CN20 2 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN21 8 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN22 10 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN23 16 Not Use Connector is not mounted.

* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-


gram.
1
Test point

2
Parts No. Signal Remarks
TP1-4 GND

LED Specification

Parts No., Signal Remarks


D1 Fuse check of F1. If the fuse blown out, it is turned off.
D9
D10
Sensor check of CN15 No. 2 Pin (Z origin sensor)
Sensor check of CN15 No. 5 Pin (not being used)
3
D11 Sensor check of CN15 No. 8 Pin (not being used)
D12 Sensor check of CN15 No. 11Pin (not being used)

4
Fuse Specification

Parts No., Rate Using Voltage Remark


F1 3.15A AC125V, DC60V +35V CN3

Power supply confirmation point

Confirmation point
Parts No. Pin No.
DC Power Voltage Remarks
5
EC1 [+] Pin +35V
EC2 [+] Pin +5VU +5V
EC12 [+] Pin +13V - +25.2V For FAN output (variable)
IC11
IC11
6Pin
1Pin
+5V
+3.3V 6
IC12 1Pin +1.5

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.4 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > HG Slider Relay PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.5 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. 1.0

Outline 3
Board name :HG Slider Relay PCB Assy.
Mounted position :Y-Bar part

Main specifications

This PCB controls the head driving wave shape, the Y motor and other IOs. 4
Creating wave shape for head driv- HPC
ing
Connecting for Work Area sensor Beem sensor (Light receiving side)
Connecting for Water cooling sys-
utem of the UV sytem
Radiator FAN, Water cooling pump, Float sensor of the subtank
5
Connecting for Cover sensor. Micro SW
Connecting for the Motor Y-Motor, Y-Encorder
Connection between PCBs 20-pin FFC connection (3042 Station3 PCB connection)

6
(Serial IO I/F)
Connection between PCBs 30-pin FFC connection, twisted pair cable connection (LAN cable is used) .
(HDC I/F) (UJF-3042 MAIN PCB, 3042 Slider PCB)
Connection between PCBs 10-pin FFC connection (3042 Pump3 PCB connection)
(Serial IO I/F)
Circulation Pump connection Stepping motor driving for white cycle

List of Connectors 7
Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks
destination CN
CN1 12 3042 SL-Relay power short Assy Using for Power of the LED-UV.

8
CN2 30 UJF-3042 MAIN PCB FM Assy CN6 HDC IO
CN3 30 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. CN2 HDC IO
CN4 2 Micro SW(D3M-01K1-3) Cover sensor
CN5 12 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. CN1 Slider Relay PCB - Slider PCB Serializer I/F
CN6 12 UJF-3042 MAIN PCB FM Assy CN8 Main PCB - Slider Relay PCB Serializer I/F
CN7 30 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. CN4 GND etc
CN8 30 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. CN6 COM wave I/F
CN9 9 Not Use JTAG IF (CPLD writing or For FPGA JTAG TEST)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > HG Slider Relay PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.5 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. 1.0

Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks


destination CN
CN10 4 Cartridge sensor Assy For cartrdge 1
CN11 4 Cartridge sensor Assy For cartrdge 2
CN12 4 Cartridge sensor Assy For cartridge 3
CN13 16 Water Cool Pump, Cartridge Valve
Assy.

CN14 4
1, 2
Cartridge Sensor Assy. For cartridge 4 1
CN15 4 Cartridge Sensor Assy. For cartridge 5
CN16 4 Cartridge Sensor Assy. For cartridge 6
CN17 6 Float Switch Assy. Cooling water amount monitor

2
CN18 10 Not Used General-purpose sensor input and IC TAG I/F
CN19 12 ID Contact PCB CN032-2Assy. x 6 CN1 For reading ink IC
CN20 5 Not Used
CN21 4 Not Used +35V General-purpose output
CN22 2 Water Cool FAN Assy. Radiator FAN
CN23 20 Not Used 20 Pin Serial IO
CN24
CN25
2
3
Heat radiation FAN Assy.
IPPR3_ Cascade Short 13 Assy.
CN4 For heat sink
Short pin
3
CN26 16 Pump 3 PCB Assy. CN2 16 Pin Serial IO
CN27 5 Photoelectric Sensor Assy. Receiver side
CN28 12 Y Motor Y motor driving

4
CN29 6 Y Motor Y motor encoder
CN30 4 Cartridge Sensor Assy. For cartridge 7
CN31 4 Cartridge Sensor Assy. For cartridge 8
CN32 4 ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy. x 2
CN33 5 Not Used
CN34 8 Stepping Motor Pump for white cycle x 2
CN35
CN36
7
7
Not Used
Not Used
5
* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block diagram.

Test point

Parts No. Signal Remarks


6
TP14, TP16, TP17 GND
TP13 +37V

7
LED Specification

Parts No., Signal Remarks


D1 Fuse check of F1. If the fuse blown out, it is turned off.
D2 Write check of U6 (CPLD). If it is written, it lights.
D5 Fuse check of F2. If the fuse blown out, it is turned off.

8
D23 Sensor check of CN17 No. 5 Pin (not being used)
D24 Sensor check of CN17 No. 2 Pin (float switch)
D25 Sensor check of CN18 No. 4 Pin (not being used)
D26 Sensor check of CN18 No. 3 Pin (not being used)
D31 Fuse check of F3. If the fuse blown out, it is turned off.
D32 Fuse check of F4. If the fuse blown out, it is turned off.
D34 For +35V power supply check (If it is turned on, it lights.)
D39 CN27 No. 4 Pin (multipurpose input sensor)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.5 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > HG Slider Relay PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.5 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. 1.0

Fuse Specification

Parts No., Rate Using Voltage Remark


F1 5A AC125V, DC60V +35V CN3
F2 1A AC125V, DC60V +37V
F3 3.15A AC125V, DC60V +35V CN23, CN26
F4 3.15A AC125V, DC60V +5V CN23, CN26

Power supply confirmation point 1


Confirmation point DC Power Voltage Remarks
Parts No. Pin No.
C2 [+] Pin +35V
Q3
C52
1Pin
[+] Pin
+37V
+5V 2
C71 [+] Pin +12V - +30.4V For FAN output (variable)
U9 1Pin +3.3V
U10 1Pin +2.5V

3
U11 1Pin +1.2V
U18 4Pin +15V
U18 7Pin -15V
U17 4Pin -7.65V

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.5 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > Pump 3 PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.6 Pump 3 PCB Assy. 1.0

2
Outline
Board name :Pump 3 PCB Assy.
Mounted position :Y-Bar part

Main specifications 3
This PCB is used for the power supply at floodlighting side of the UJF-3042 /FX station part and the beam sensor
Assy.

4
Stepping moter control(For Ink pump) Controls the pump motors up to four.
Stepping moter control(For Wiper mov- Controls the wiper motor.
ing)
Connecting for Wiper origin sensor Reads the wiper origin sensor.
Wipe Suction Pump control Controls the wipe suction pump.
Work area sensor Beem sensor (Projection of the light side)

List of Connectors 5
Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks
destination CN
CN1 4 Not Use +35V (Preliminary power supply)
CN2
CN3
16
16
HG Slider Relay PCB Assy.
Not Use
CN26 16 Pin SERIAL I/O
Connector is not mounted. 6
CN4 2 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN5 8 Wiper sensor cabel Assy Wiper origin sensor
CN6 9 Not Use JTAG I/F(CPLD)

7
CN7 10 Not Use Connector is not mounted.
CN8 2 Work area sensor Assy Projection of the light side)
CN9 2 Wipe Suction Pump
CN10 16 Stepping motor For Ink pump (Max. four pumps)
CN11 16 Stepping motor For wiper

* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-


gram. 8
Test point

Parts No. Signal Remarks


TP1 - 4 GND

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.6 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > Pump 3 PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.6 Pump 3 PCB Assy. 1.0

Power supply confirmation point

Confirmation point DC Power Voltage Remarks


Parts No. Pin No.
EC1 [+] Pin +35V
EC2 [+] Pin +5V
IC3 4Pin +3.3V
RA10 5Pin +24V
1

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.6 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.7 ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy. 1.0

Outline
Board name :ID Contact PCB CN032-2 Assy.
Mounted position :Cartridge Guide No1 - No.8
2
Main specifications

UJF-3042 HG uses eight of this PCB.


It is equipped with the point of contact for reading the cartridge ID.
3
List of Connectors

Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks


destination CN

4
CN1 2 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. CN19

* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-


gram.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.7 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > 3042 Slider Board FM Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.8 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. 1.0

Outline
Board name :3042 Slider Board FM Assy.
2
Mounted position :Carriage

Main specifications
This PCB controls three print heads, LED-UV and other IOs.

Print Head control Available up to three (6 nozzle lines)


3
LED-UV control Controls the maximum of two UVLED-DRIVE PCBs.
Y-origin sensor Origin sensor of the carriage.
Linear encoder signal Enters the encoder PCB signal.
Other IO
List of Connectors
It is equipped with the multipurpose IO.
4
Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks
destination CN
CN1 16 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. CN5 3042 Slider Relay PCB&3042 Slider PCB Serializer I/F
CN2
CN3
30
3
HG Slider Relay PCB Assy.
IPPR3_Cascade short 13 Assy
CN3 HDC IO
Short pin
5
CN4 30 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. CN7 GND & etc
CN5 9 Not Use JTAG I/F (CPLD writing and FPGA JTAG TEST)
CN6 30 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. CN8 COM Wave I/F

6
CN7 50 Print Head (EVEN) Head control 1
CN8 50 Print Head (ODD) Head control 1
CN9 50 Print Head (EVEN) Head control 2
CN10 50 Print Head (ODD) Head control 2
CN11 50 Print Head (EVEN) Head control 3
CN12 50 Print Head (ODD) Head control 3
CN13
CN14
50
50
Print head (EVEN)
Print head (ODD)
Head control 4
Head control 4
7
CN15 22 LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB CN1 LED-UV Control
Thermistor1 TH Connects with the thermistor 1 on the UVLED PCB.
Thermistor2 TH Connects with the thermistor 2 on the UVLED PCB.

8
CN16 16 Not Use 16 Pin SERIAL I/O
CN17 8 LED Pointer Use for LED pointer
Mist Absorption FAN 5V Axial flow FAN
UVDRV cooling FAN 5V Axial flow FAN
CN18 10 Not Use General-purpose io
CN19 7 Y-origin sensor Origin sensor for slider. (OJ-6505-N2)
Encorder PCB Assy CN1 Reading signal from Encorder PCB.
CN20 4 Not Use General-purpose analog input.
* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-
gram.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.8 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > 3042 Slider Board FM Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.8 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. 1.0

Test point

Parts No. Signal Remarks


TP8 - 11 GND
TP1 - 7 signal For debug

Fuse Specification

Parts No.,
F1
Rate
5A AC125V, DC60V
Using Voltage
+35V
Remark
1
F2 2A AC125V, DC60V +35V CN16

Power supply confirmation point

Confirmation point
Parts No. Pin No.
DC Power Voltage Remarks
2
C3 [+] Pin +35V-1 +35V
Q8 [+] Pin +35V-2 For UV Lump
C17 [+] Pin +37V
C75
U11
[+] Pin
1Pin
+5V
+3.3V 3
U12 1Pin +2.5V
U13 1Pin +1.2V

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.8 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > Encorder PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.9 Encorder PCB Assy. 1.0

2
Outline
Board name :Encorder PCB Assy.
Mounted position :Carriage part

Main specifications

It is located on the left rear of the carriage and reads the Y shaft linear encoder scale for 150dpi.

List of Connectors
3
Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting destina- Remarks
tion CN
CN1 4 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. CN19 For Linear encorder
* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-
gram. 4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.9 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.10 LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy. 1.0

Outline 2
Board name :LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy.
Mounted position :UV control part

Main specifications

Performs ON/OFF of the LED-UV PCB and brightness adjustment. 3


LED-UV control Brightness is adjustable by one. Drives eight LED-UVs.
Cascade connection By the cascade connection, expansion of UVLED-DRIVE PCB is available.

List of Connectors

Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks


4
destination CN
CN1 8 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. CN15 UVLEDx2-DRIVE power
CN2 16 3042 Slider Board FM Assy. CN15&CN18 UVLEDx2-DRIVE PCB control
CN3
CN4
9
2
JTAG
DC FAN (+5V)
For CPLD writing
+5V DC FAN (~`0.5A) 5
CN5 10 Water cool LED_1inch-UVLED CN1 Controls four LEDUVs & one thermistor.
PCB Assy
CN6 10 Water cool LED_1inch-UVLED CN1 Controls four LEDUVs & one thermistor.
PCB Assy
* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-
gram. 6
Test point

Parts No. Signal Remarks

7
TP1 GND

LED Specification

Parts No., Signal Remarks


D2 For checking fo thr +5V power supply

8
D3 For checking fo thr Power suplly of the LEDUV

Power supply confirmation point

Confirmation point DC Power Voltage Remarks


Parts No. Pin No.
EC1 [+] Pin +35Pin
U3 5Pin 5Pin
U3 4Pin +3.3Pin

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.10 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Electrical Parts > Circuit Board Specifications > Water cool LED_1inch-UVLED PCB Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

2.3.11 Water cool LED_1inch-UVLED PCB Assy. 1.0

2
Outline
Board name :Water cool LED_1inch-UVLED PCB Assy.

3
Mounted position :UV control part

Main specifications
This PCB has four LED-UVs and is made of copper to improve dissipation performance of heat generated from
LED. Though this copper PCB is controlled by water cooling, also thermistor can monitor it in order not to be
broken because the temperature becomes too high.

LED-UV
Thermistor
Has four LED-UVs.
Temperature of PCB can be controlled by the thermistor.
4
List of Connectors

Parts No. Pin Connected to:* Connecting Remarks

CN1 10 UVLEDx2-DRIVE PCB Assy


destination CN
CN2 Connect to LED 5
* For the details of connecting destinations, refer to the block dia-
gram.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 2.3.11 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Ink Related Parts

3. Workflow
3.1 3.2 3.3
3
Ink Related Parts Driving Parts Electrical Parts
3.4 3.5
Sensors UV UNIT
4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Ink Related Parts > Replacement of Head Unit
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.1.1 Replacement of Head Unit 1.0

Head

Never rotate the screws which are not instructed to do so in the following procedure.
2
Head adjustment is not required when the Head is disassembled or assembled at the user
side.Never rotate the hexagon socket head screws (cap screws) , which are used for adjustment or
attachment.
Basically, items of the Check category in the following list only require a check of each condition, and
they do not require adjustment work. Only when adjustment is necessary, refer to the reference pages.
3
List of Replacement Procedures

Item Work operation Description Ref.


Ink 1. Preparation of new Head, discharge
of ink and cleaning of Head
Discharge the ink and then clean the ink path and Head.
Perform the steps before the Protective solution
4.2.5
4
charge in [HEAD WASH] of [#ADJUST].
Power OFF 2. Main power OFF

3. Removal of the covers


5
Covers Remove the Front Cover, Upper Cover, Head Cover and Slider 6.1.1
PCB Cover.
Print Head Unit 4. Cleaning of the new Head Assy Clean the new Head by the cleanig liquid, befor leplacement of the 6.2.1
print head.
5. Removal of the Head Remove the old Print Head..

6
6. Mounting of the Head Mount the cleaned new Head.

Covers 7. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1

Power ON 8. Main power ON

Ink 9. Ink charging to Head Charge the ink and perform test printing.
Make sure that there is no Nozzle Out or Deflection.
Reset 10. Reset the Shot Count
Reset the Offset Voltage
Reset SHOT COUNTS and OFFSET VOLT of the relevant head
with RESET SHOT CNTS of #ADJUST.
4.2.18 7
Check 11. Check of Head Slant Adjustment Print a pattern of [#SLANT ADJUST] and check the Head Slant 4.2.2
(within #ADJUST) Adjustment.
12. Check of Head Back/Forth Adjust- Print a pattern of [#POSITION ADJUST] and check the Back/ 4.2.2
ment
(within #ADJUST)
Forth Adjustment of the Head.
8
13. Check of PRINT Adjustment Print a pattern of [#PRINT ADJUST] and check the PRINT 4.2.1
(within #ADJUST) Adjustment.

Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch
the ink.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.1.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Ink Related Parts > Replacement of Dumper
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.1.2 Replacement of Dumper 1.0

2
Dumper

List of Replacement Procedures 3


Item Work operation Description Ref.
Ink 1. Discharge of ink Discharge the ink and then clean the ink path and Head. 4.2.5
Perform the steps before the Protective solution

Power OFF 2. Main power OFF


charge in [HEAD WASH] of [#ADJUST].

4
Covers 3. Removal of the covers. Remove the Front Cover, Upper Cover, Head Cover and Slider 6.1.1
PCB Cover.

5
Dumper 4. Removal of the Dumper Remove the Dumper of the target Head. 6.2.2
Make sure not to leak ink.
5. Mounting of the Dumper Mount the new Dumper.

Covers 6. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1

Power ON 7. Main power ON

Ink 8. Ink filling Charge the ink to the Sub-tank replaced. 6


Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.

7
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch
the ink.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.1.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Ink Related Parts > Replacement of Pump Head
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.1.3 Replacement of Pump Head 1.0

1
Pump Head 4

2
Pump Head 1 Pump Head 2 Pump Head 3

List of Replacement Procedures

Item Work operation Description Ref.


Power OFF 1. Main power OFF

Covers 2. Removal of the covers Remove the Front Cover, Rear Cover-Right, Station Cover. 6.1.1 3
Station Assy 3. Removal of the Station Assy Remove the Station Assy. 6.2.4

Pump Head 4. Removal of the Pump Head Remove the Pump Head to be replaced. 6.2.3
Make sure not to leak ink.
Greasing

Pump Head
5. Lubrication

6. Pump tube aging


Apply the grease contained together with the Pump Head.

Rotate the pump with an electric screwdriver for one minute and

6.2.3
4
more.
7. Mounting of the Pump Head Mount the Pump Head.

5
Station Assy 8. Mounting of the Station Assy Mount the Station Assy. 6.2.4

Covers 9. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1

Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you
touch the ink. 6
Wipe the blue cover of Pump Head with a dry cloth for cleaning.
Never use any chemicals such as alcohol, remover or the like since it may result in cracks or surface
separations of cover.

7
Be sure to perform Pump tube aging.
Otherwise, it may cause power swing of the pump motor or abnormal noise.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.1.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Ink Related Parts > Replacement of Cartridge Guide Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.1.4 Replacement of Cartridge Guide Assy. 1.0

Cartridge Guide Assy.

List of Replacement Procedures 3


Item Work operation Description Ref.
Ink 1. Discharge of ink Discharge the ink and then clean the ink path and Head. 4.2.5
Perform the steps before the Protective solution

Power OFF 2. Main power OFF


charge in [HEAD WASH] of [#ADJUST].

4
Covers 3. Removal of the covers. Remove the Carriage Cover and Rear Cover. 6.1.1

Disassembly 4. Removal of the Cartridge Guide Remove the Cartridge Guide Assy.. 6.2.6

5
and
Reassembly 5. Replacement of Cartridge Coupling Replace the Cartridge Coupling Assy.. 6.2.7
Assy.
(Perform this process if needed.)
6. Mounting of the Cartridge Guide Mount the Cartridge Guide Assy.. 6.2.6

Covers 7. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1

Power ON 8. Main power ON 6


Ink 9. Ink filling Fill the ink.

Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch
7
the ink.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.1.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Ink Related Parts > Replacement of Cartridge Coupling Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.1.5 Replacement of Cartridge Coupling Assy. 1.0

Cartridge Coupling Assy.

1
Cartridge valve Assy.

2
Cartridge Coupling Assy.

List of Replacement Procedures

Ink
Item Work operation
1. Discharge of ink
Description
Discharge the ink and then clean the ink path and Head.
Ref.
4.2.5
3
Perform the steps before the Protective solution
charge in [HEAD WASH] of [#ADJUST].
Power OFF 2. Main power OFF

Covers 3. Removal of the covers. Remove the Carriage Cover and Rear Cover. 6.1.1
4
Disassembly 4. Removal of the Cartridge Guide Remove the Cartridge Guide. 6.2.6
and
Reassembly 5. Removal of Cartridge Coupling Assy. Remove the Cartridge Coupling Assy.. 6.2.7

6. Mounting of Cartridge Coupling Mount the Cartridge Coupling Assy..


Assy.
7. Removal of the cartridge valve Assy. Remove the cartridge valve Assy. 6.2.9
5
8. Assembly of the cartridge valve Assy. Assemble the cartridge valve Assy. 6.2.9

9. Assembly of the cartridge guide Assy. Assemble the cartridge guide Assy. 6.2.6

Covers

Power ON
10. Mounting of the covers

11. Main power ON


Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1


6
Ink 12. Ink filling Fill the ink.

Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation. 7
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch
the ink.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.1.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Driving Parts

3. Workflow
3.1 3.2 3.3
3
Ink Related Parts Driving Parts Electrical Parts
3.4 3.5
Sensors UV UNIT
4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Driving Parts > Replacement of Z-Driving Screw
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.2.1 Replacement of Z-Driving Screw 1.0

Z-Driving Screw

2
List of Replacement Procedures

Item Work operation Description Ref.

3
Advance prepa- 1. Arrangement of Y-Bar, Head and Move the Y-Bar to the farthest position and bring the Head to the

ration Table cap position. Raise the Table to the highest position.
Power OFF 2. Main power OFF

Covers 3. Removal of the covers. Remove the following covers. 6.1.1


Front Cover Rear Cover-TB

4
Disassembly 4. Removal of the Tabel. Remove the Table. 6.3.3
and
Reassembly 5. Replacement of Z-Driving Screw. Replace the Z-Driving Screw. 6.3.4

6. Mounting of the Table. Mount the Table. 6.3.3

Power ON 7. Main power ON

5
Check 8. Check of Table up/down operation Execute [#TEST] -> [#AGEING].-> [Z SERVO] 5.1.2

Covers 9. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.2.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Electrical Parts

3. Workflow
3.1 3.2 3.3
3
Ink Related Parts Driving Parts Electrical Parts
3.4 3.5
Sensors UV UNIT
4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Electrical Parts > Replacement of Main PCB
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.3.1 Replacement of Main PCB 1.0

Main PCB Assy.


2
Outline
If Main PCB Assy. has replaced, various parameters must be registered to Main PCB ROM after the replacement.
Considerable time is required to readjust and reconfigure these settings. Therefore, for ease of use and better printing
quality, copy (upload) the setting value to a PC before replacement, and write (download) the copied settings onto the
3
Main PCB from the PC after replacement.

If it is impossible to upload the parameters, conduct Parameter Draw to note the setting values.
Then manually register the values after replacing the PCB.
4
List of Replacement Procedures

Item Work operation Description Ref.


Advance prepa- 1. Parameter upload
ration
Before the PCB is replaced, upload its parameter to the PC. *1
5
Power OFF 2. Main power OFF

Covers 3. Removal of covers. Pull the Power Supply Chassis from the back. 6.1.1

6
Main PCB 4. Removal of the Main PCB Assy. Remove the Main PCB Assy.. 6.4.2
Assy.
5. Mounting of the Main PCB Assy. Mount the Main PCB Assy..

Power ON 6. Main power ON

Check 7. Updating the firmware Upgrade the firmware to the latest version. *1
8. Parameter initialization Start up the machine in maintenance mode and initialize the param-
eters. 7
9. Parameter download Download the parameter which has been uploaded in the operation *1
1.
Covers 10. Mounting of the covers Put the Power Supply Chassis in the original place. 6.1.1

* See SERVICE DOCUMENTS. 8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.3.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Electrical Parts > HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. Replacement
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.3.2 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. Replacement 1.0

1
HG Slider Relay PCB Assy.

Outline
If 3042 Slider Relay PCB Assy. has replaced, various parameters must be registered to 3042 Slider Relay PCB ROM
2
after the replacement. Considerable time is required to readjust and reconfigure these settings. Therefore, for ease of
use and better printing quality, copy (upload) the setting value to a PC before replacement, and write (download) the
copied settings onto the Main PCB from the PC after replacement.

If it is impossible to upload the parameters, conduct Parameter Draw to note the setting values. 3
Then manually register the values after replacing the PCB.

List of Replacement Procedures

Item Work operation Description Ref. 4


Advance prepa- 1. Parameter upload Before the PCB is replaced, upload its parameter to the PC. *1
ration
Power OFF 2. Main power OFF

Covers
3042 Slider
3. Removal of covers.

4. Removal of the 3042 Slider Relay


Remove the Rear Cover.
Remove the 3042 Slider Relay PCB Assy..
6.1.1
6.4.3
5
Relay PCB PCB Assy.
Assy
5. Mounting of the 3042 Slider Relay Mount the 3042 Slider Relay PCB Assy.
PCB Assy
Covers 6. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1
6
Power ON 7. Main power ON

Check 8. Parameter download Download the parameter which has been uploaded in the operation *1
1.
9. Inputting the serial No. From #ADJUST , input the serial No.

* See SERVICE DOCUMENTS.


7

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.3.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Electrical Parts > Replacement of ID Contact PCB
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.3.3 Replacement of ID Contact PCB 1.0

ID Contact PCB

ID Contact PCB

List of Replacement Procedures 3


Item Work operation Description Ref.
Ink 1. Discharge of ink Discharge the ink in the path of slot applied, and remove all Ink 4.2.5
Cartridges of the Cartridge Unit.
Power OFF 2. Main power OFF 4
Covers 3. Removal of the covers. Remove the Rear Cover and Cartridge cover. 6.1.1

Disassembly 4. Removal of the Cartridge Guide Remove the Cartridge Guide. 6.2.6
and
5. Replacement of ID Contact PCB Replace the Cartridge Coupling Assy.. 6.4.7

5
Reassembly
6. Mounting of the Cartridge Guide Mount the Cartridge Coupling Assy.. 6.2.6

Covers 7. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1

Power ON 8. Main power ON

6
Ink 9. Ink filling Fill the ink.

Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch

7
the ink.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.3.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > Sensors

3. Workflow
3.1 3.2 3.3
3
Ink Related Parts Driving Parts Electrical Parts
3.4 3.5
Sensors UV UNIT
4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > UV UNIT

3. Workflow
3.1 3.2 3.3
3
Ink Related Parts Driving Parts Electrical Parts
3.4 3.5
Sensors UV UNIT
4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > UV UNIT > Replacement of LEDUV Irradiation Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.5.1 Replacement of LEDUV Irradiation Assy 1.0

LEDUV Irradiation Assy

List of Replacement Procedures 2


Item Work operation Description Ref.
Cooling Water 1. Drain the cooling water Drain the cooling water of the LED-UV Unit 4.2.8

Power OFF 2. Main power OFF


#ADJUST EXCHANGE LED UV
-
3
Covers 3. Removal of the covers Remove the Front Cover, Upper Cover. 6.1.1

LED-UV UNIT 4. Removal and disassembling of the Remove the LED-UV UNIT and disassemble it. 6.7.1

4
LED-UV UNIT
5. Replacing Assy Replace the LED-UV irradiation Assy.

6. Assembling of the LED-UV UNIT Assemble the LED-UV UNIT and attach it.
and attaching it
Covers 7. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1

Cooling Water

Power ON
8. Filling cooling water
9. Main power ON
Fill cooling water of the LED-UV UNIT Total amount: 450ml. -

-
5
Operation 10. Operation checking of the LED- UV Check the operation of the LED - UV UNIT -
check UNIT

6
Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.5.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Workflow > UV UNIT > Replacement of LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

3.5.2 Replacement of LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy 1.0

1
LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy

List of Replacement Procedures 2


Item Work operation Description Ref.
Cooling Water 1. Drain the cooling water Drain the cooling water of the LED-UV Unit 4.2.8

Power OFF 2. Main power OFF


#ADJUST EXCHANGE LED UV
-
3
Covers 3. Removal of the covers Remove the Front Cover, Upper Cover. 6.1.1

LED-UV UNIT 4. Removal and disassembling of the Remove the LED-UV UNIT and disassemble it until PCB can be 6.7.1

4
LED-UV UNIT replaced.
Perform the procedures up to the Step 11. of 6.7.1 LED-UV
UNIT
5. Exchange the PCB Exchange the LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy.

6. Assembling of the LED-UV UNIT Assemble the LED-UV UNIT and attach it.
and attaching it
Covers 7. Mounting of the covers Mount the covers which have been removed. 6.1.1 5
Cooling Water 8. Filling cooling water Fill cooling water of the LED-UV UNIT Total amount: 450ml. -
Power ON 9. Main power ON -

Operation 10. Operation checking of the LED- UV Check the operation of the LED - UV UNIT -
check UNIT
6
Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 3.5.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Operation Matrix

4. Adjustment
4.1 4.2 4.3
4
Operation Matrix Adjustment Items Mechanical Adjustment

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items

4. Adjustment
4.1 4.2 4.3
4
Operation Matrix Adjustment Items Mechanical Adjustment

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > PRINT ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.1 PRINT ADJUST 1.0

Outline
Draw the built-in patterns, and compensate the parameter so that the drop positions of other heads are on the same
line as the drop position of reference head (Head 1) in the Y-direction.

Work Procedures
1. Set Media at X-origin

1
FUNCTION .

#ADJUST <ent> Set the drawing origin as follows;


(Set in [LOCAL] -> [ORIGIN])
#ADJUST X 0, Y > 0
PRINT ADJUST <ent>
2. Display [#ADJUST] -> [PRN.adjust].

2
#PRINT ADJUST
SELCT :SiDir 3. Select SiDir on the [SELECT] display.

#PRINT ADJUST 4. Press the [ENTER] key to draw the pattern.


SiDir:PRINT
[ENTER]: To start Pattern drawing

3
Pattern drawing []: Screen to input compensation value
(Without drawing)
[] [] []: To start Jog mode (move the drawing origin)

5. Check and compensate the patterns.


Check and execute the compensation for H1A-H1B~H4B.
[] / []: Compensating value input
4
[ENTER]: Confirms (Next)
Enlarged (x60) Input unit: 35 m (720dpi)
Reference head mark
Input the compensating value, referring to the figure
below, if the displacement on the drop position of 5
head applied for the compensation occurs either right
or left against the reference head.
Reference head
Head under adjustment

Reference
head
Head under adjustment 6
Adjust on the same line as Reference head
Reference head.

7
Head under
#PRINT ADJUST adjustment
H1A-H1B : 0.0
-99.9~99.9
6. When compensated, draw and check the patterns again.
#PRINT ADJUST
H1A-H4B : 0.0 Repeat Drawing -> Checking (Compensating) until

8
-99.9~99.9 any compensation is not required.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

Outline
On the drawing with the built-in patterns, the slant and the back and forth positions of each head are checked and
mechanically adjusted.

[HEAD ADJUST] consists of the slant adjustment and back/forth adjustment.


When either one of the above is adjusted, be sure to check the other. If any adjustment is required,
repeat both of the adjustments alternately until any adjustment is not required on both.
When the head adjustment is incorrect, be sure to execute the adjustment since it affects other param-
1
eter adjustments.

2
Head Adjusting Flow

START

Pattern print (Slant adjust: Normal)


Adjusting (Slant adjust: Normal)

Head Slant
Pattern check
Normal?
No
3
Adjustment Yes
(refer to Page2)
Pattern print (Slant adjust: Fine)
Adjusting (Slant adjust: Fine)

4
Pattern check No
Normal?
Yes

Pattern print (Position adjust)1, 2


Head Back/Forth Adjusting (Position adjust: Normal) 1, 2
Adjustment (refer to
Page10)

5
Pattern check No
Normal?
Yes

Adjusted after Yes


Slant adjust?
No

6
Refer to PRINT ADJUST (4.2.1)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

Outline of Head Slant Adjustment

12 34 (for CMYKLmLcWCL)

3 nozzle
192 nozzle
56 78

150 dpi
1

192 nozzle
150 dpi
Slant adjust: Normal
2 4 5
2

3
Enlarged Bad Example Good Example

X(+)-direction
Specified value:
010m 5
Adjust so that the dots in the
overlapping area are in alignment.

Slant adjust: Fine


6
2 4 5

Enlarged Bad
Example
Good
Example
7

8
Specified value:
010m
X(+)-direction Adjust so that the dots in the
overlapping area are in alignment.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

Procedures of Head Slant Adjustment


1. Set Media at X-origin.
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>
Set the drawing origin as follows;
#ADJUST
(Set in [LOCAL] -> [ORIGIN])
HEAD ADJUST <ent> X 0, Y > 0

#HEAD ADJUST
SLANT ADJUST <ent>
2. Display [#ADJUST] -> [HEAD ADJUST] -> [SLANTadjust]. 1
POSITION ADJUST <ent>
3. Select NORMAL on the mode selecting screen.

#HEAD ADJUST 4. Press the [ENTER] key to draw the pattern.


MODE :NORMAL
FINE [ENTER]: To start Pattern drawing 2
[] [] [] [] : To start Jog mode (move the drawing origin)
#SLANT ADJUST
PRINT START :ent

#SLANT ADJUST
PRINTING 3
5. Check if no displacement occurs between the 1st scanning and
the 2nd scanning of the head.
*If the adjustment is required, execute the Procedures of Head
Slant Adjustment Adjusting Procedure (p.4).
4
Check patterns on all heads (1-4).
(Execute for all heads even when one head is

Specified value:
replaced.)
If there is no displacement, execute Procedures
5
010m of Head Back/Forth Adjustment (p.10) succes-
sively.

6. Select FINE on the mode selecting screen of


[#HEAD ADJUST] -> [SLANTadjust] then draw the pattern.
6
#HEAD ADJUST
SLANT ADJUST <ent>
POSITION ADJUST <ent> 7. Select FINE on the mode selecting screen.

8. Press the [ENTER] key to draw the pattern.


#HEAD ADJUST
MODE :FINE [ENTER]: To start Pattern drawing 7
NORMAL
[ONLINE]: Adjusts overlap amount (0~192)

#SLANT ADJUST

8
PRINT START :ent

#SLANT ADJUST
PRINTING

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

9. Check if no displacement occurs between the 1st scanning and


the 4nd scanning of the head.
*If the adjustment is required, execute the Procedures of Head
Slant Adjustment Adjusting Procedure (p.4).

Check patterns on all heads (1-8).

1
(Execute for all heads even when one head is
replaced.)
Specified value: If there is no displacement, execute Procedures
010m of Head Back/Forth Adjustment (p.10) succes-
sively.

2
Procedures of Head Slant Adjustment Adjusting Procedure
1. Loosen the slant fixing screw of the target head.

3
Slant fixing screw

4
Head slant adjustment screw

To correct slanting left: CCW 2. Rotate the slant adjustment screw according to the amount of
5
displacement to adjust the slant.
Overlapped portion

Rough indication of turning angle: About 2.5 m by one-eighth


rotation
Direction of turning the Micro Adjuster
6
To correct slanting left: Turn counterclockwise (CCW).
To correct slanting right: Turn clockwise (CW).
To correct slanting right: CW

3. Tighten the loosened slant fixing screw. 7


Overlapped portion

Tighten the screws with care that the head is not


shifted from the correct position.
X (+)

Y (+)
4. Redraw Patterns and check if there is no slanting.
8
Repeat Adjusting -> Patterns Drawing until no
more displacement is available.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.4


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

Head Back/Forth Adjusting Patterns 1


[HEAD 1-3] (same as UJF-3042, 3042FX)

head 1
Basic head
head 2
Enlarged 2

300dpi X 3=254m
50 50 50

3
192 nozzle

head 3 head 4

4
3 nozzle
192 nozzle

Specified value:
010m

5
head 1

head 2

Bad Good
Example Example

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.5


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

[HEAD 3,4] (added for UJF-3042HG)

1
head 1 head 2
Basic head
192 nozzle

2
head 3 head 4 Enlarged

50 50 50
3 nozzle

3
192 nozzle

4
Specified value:

5
010m

head 1

head 2

Bad Good
Example
6
Example

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.6


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

[HEAD ALL]

"HEAD ALL" draws "HEAD 1-3" and "HEAD 3,4" at the same time.

head 1
Basic head
head 2
1

2
192 nozzle

head 3 head 4
Enlarged

3
50 50 50
3 nozzle
192 nozzle

5
Specified value:
010m

head 1

head 2

Bad
Example
Good
Example 6

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.7


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

1
head 1 head 2
Basic head Enlarged

300dpi X 3=254m
50 50 50
192 nozzle

head 3 head 4

3
3 nozzle
192 nozzle

4
Specified value:
010m
head 1

head 2

Bad
Example
Good
Example 5

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.8


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

Head Back/Forth Adjusting Patterns 2

The pattern below is drawn in 1 Pass. This is the pattern to adjust back and forth using overlap
of the basic Head and 3 nozzle of the Head 3.
head1 head2
Basic head

1
192 nozzle

head3 head4

2
3 nozzle
192 nozzle

Overlap of 3

3
nozzle

5
W Y M CL B C

Adjust four colors of Magenta, Yellow, Light Adjust four colors of Cyan, Black, Light
Magenta and White so that they are Cyan and Clear so that they are
overlapped each other. overlapped each other.
Specified value: 010m Specified value: 010m

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.9


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

Procedures of Head Back/Forth Adjustment


1. Set Media at X-origin.
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>
Set the drawing origin as follows;
#ADJUST
(Set in [LOCAL] -> [ORIGIN])
HEAD ADJUST <ent> X 0, Y > 0

#HEAD ADJUST
POSITION ADJUST <ent>
2. Display [#ADJUST] -> [HEAD ADJUST] -> [POSITION 1
SLANT ADJUST <ent>
ADJUST].

3. Select either of the pattern 1 or the pattern 2.


(If you select pattern 1)

2
#POSITION ADJUST
If you select pattern 1, select the pattern after pressing
PATTERN : pattern1
[ENTER].
pattern2
(If you select pattern 2) HEAD ALL: To draw using all heads
HEAD 1-3 : To draw using Head 1, 2, 3
#POSITION ADJUST #POSITION ADJUST
PRINT START :ent Pattern : HEAD ALL HEAD 3,4 : To draw using Head 3, 4

3
HEAD 1-3
4. Press the [ENTER] key to draw the pattern.

#POSITION ADJUST [ENTER]: To start Pattern drawing


PRINT START :ent
[] [] [] [] :To start Jog mode (move the drawing origin)

4
5. Check if the space of pattern 1 is in compliance with the specifi-
Specified value: cation.
010m
head 1

head 2 Specified value: head 1-2 : 0 10 m


head 1-3 : 0 10 m

5
head 3-4 : 0 10 m
(The space of each head shall be according to
the value shown in the left figure.)

*If the pattern is out of the specification, execute the Head

6
back/forth adjustment (refer to Page11).

If the adjustment with [SLANT ADJUST] or [POSI-


TION ADJUST] is executed, check them again from
the beginning then repeat this process until any
adjustment is not required on both.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.10


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.2 HEAD ADJUST 1.0

Head Back/Forth Adjustment Adjusting Procedure


1. Loosen the back/forth fixing screw of the target head.

2. Rotate the back/front adjustment screw according to the amount


of displacement to adjust the back and forth positions.

Rough indication of turning angle: About 5 m by one-eighth 1


Back/forth fixing rotation
screw
Head back/forth Direction of turning the micro adjuster
adjustment screw
Dot position down: Turn clockwise (CW).

2
Dot position up: Turn counterclockwise (CCW).

3. Tighten the loosened back/forth fixing screw.

3
Tighten the screws with care that the head is not
shifted from the correct position.

4. Draw the pattern again and check if no displacement occurs.

Repeat Adjusting -> Patterns Drawing until no


more displacement is available. 4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.2 R.1.0 P.11


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > CAPPING
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.3 CAPPING 1.0

Outline
Adjusts the location for capping and wiper. Adjusted value is saved in the system parameter.

Adjustment procedure
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [CAPPING].
FUNCTION

1
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST
CAPPING <ent>

2. Adjust the capping position.


(1) Be sure to adjust it to the position at which the cap may con-
2
#CAPPING
CAP POS. = 0.0mm tact the head.
(2) Turn off the power supply, and check that the carriage does
not move to the table side.
3
Plus numeric Minus numeric
direction direction

[] / []: Horizontally shifts the head.


[ENTER]: Finalizes
[END]: End

When the excitation of the motor has been cut, the


4
carriage may move to the table side by itself. At
this time, the cap Assy moves to the bottom, and it
results in capping defect. Therefore, be sure to

5
check (2) above.

Cap slider perspective diagram

6
Capping OK
Power OFF

7
The carriage moves by
itself.

The cap slider moves to the position at


which it goes down, and it results in cap-
CappingNG 8
ping defect.

3. After adjustment, register with the [END] key and then termi-
nate the operation.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > ADJUST WIPER
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.4 ADJUST WIPER 1.0

Outline
Adjusts the wiper position.

Adjustment procedure
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [ADJUST WIPER].
FUNCTION

1
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST
ADJUST WIPER <ent>

2. Press [FUNCTION] key. 2


#ADJUST WIPER
WIPER POS. = 0.0
[] / []: Horizontally shifts the head.
-20.0 ~20.0
[ENTER]: Finalizes and end
[END]: End 3
[FUNCTION] : Changes the heads (shifts forward in order)

3. After adjustment, register with the [END] key and then termi-
Head
nate the operation.
4
Wiper nozzle

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD WASH(#ADJUST)
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.5 HEAD WASH(#ADJUST) 1.0

Outline
Discharge the ink and clean the Tube, Dumper and Head using dedicated cleaning liquid. This process is normally
performed at the factory.

As non-filling state remains after the completion of cleaning, the Initial Filling or filling of corresponding
head is required.

1
There is a [HEAD WASH] item in [MAINTENANCE] function (open to users), however, it is different
from the procedure described in this section.
Even when Head 4 and other head are selected at the same time, the discharge and washing on each head
are done separately. So it takes twice as long as usual if you select Head 4 and other head at the same
time.

Procedure of HEAD WASH 2


1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [HEAD WASH].
<LOCAL>
[FUNCTION]

FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ENT>
3
#ADJUST
HEAD WASH <ent>

2. Select the Head to be cleaned. 4


WASH [] [] [] [] : Head selection
HEAD [1234]
[ENTER]: Confirms (Next)

5
WASH
REMOVE CARTRIDGE 3. Remove the INK CARTRIDGE of the Head to be cleaned.
When removal of the INK CARTRIDGE is confirmed, the next
WASHING step will be taken.
PLEASE WAIT
4. Ink discharge starts.
After a certain processing time, the next step will be taken.

WASH
5. Set the Cleaning Tool to the target slot and then press ENTER
key.
6
SET CLEAN TOOL
[ENTER]
6. Cleaning liquid is taken in, and the ink path is cleaned.
WASHING
After a certain processing time, the next step will be taken.

7
PLEASE WAIT

7. Remove the Cleaning Tool.


WASH
REMOVE TOOL When removal of the Cleaning Tool is confirmed, the next step
will be taken.
WASHING
8. Cleaning liquid is discharged.
8
PLEASE WAIT
After a certain processing time, the next step will be taken.
This process is per-
9. The above steps 5 to 8 are performed again.
formed twice.
After that, the next step will be taken.
10. As it enters in the status waiting for tube cleaning work, fill
TUBE CLEANING
COMPLETED :ent
cleaning liquid inside the Air Bleeder Tube and when it is com-
pleted, press the ENTER key.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD WASH(#ADJUST)
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.5 HEAD WASH(#ADJUST) 1.0

* Cleaning method of Air Bleeder Tube

For this work, the syringe is used, however, do not


pull out the piston when you connect with the air
drain port. It may absorb foreign object into the
nozzle and cause nozzle defect.

1
Fill 30ml of cleaning liquid for F-200 from the air drain port
located next to the head.
Use the jig of the syringe with the filter (Millex
Tube : SJ-MMK-3x5 SLLHH25NS) and extension tube.
Syringe
(1) Remove the jig from the air drain port.

2
(2) Fill air into the syringe and set again the jig whose filter was
replaced on the air drain port.
(3) Fill air into the air drain port by pulling out cleaning liquid.
Filter : SLLHH25NS (4) Remove the jig and cap the air drain port.
Fitting : VRM306 Press the ENTER key and proceed to the next step.

11. The machine becomes ready for Wiper cleaning. Perform Wiper 3
WIPER CLEANING cleaning and after that press ENTER key.
COMPLETED :ent
12. Select whether to finish Head cleaning or to continue.
WASH

4
END< >CONTINUE [] (END) : Finishes the HEAD WASH (this sequence).
[] (CONTINUE) : Goes to the protective solution charge
sequence.
See below description for each selection.)

When the HEAD WASH is finished, the initial

When selecting finish


ink charge state is defined as unprocessed.
5
Returns to [#ADJUST] function selection window.
#ADJUST
HEAD WASH <ent>

When selecting the Protective solution charge


6
1. Set the transfer tool containing protective solution to the ink
WASH slot.
SET TRANS TOOL
When attachment of transfer tool is confirmed, the next step
WASHING
PLEASE WAIT
will be taken.
7
2. Protective solution is taken in, and it is charged to the Tube,
Dumper and Head.
WASH
REMOVE TOOL After a certain processing time, the next step will be taken.

WASHING
3. Remove the Trans Tool. 8
PLEASE WAIT When removal of the Trans Tool is confirmed, the next step will
be taken.
#ADJUST
HEAD WASH <ent> 4. Protective solution is discharged.
After a certain processing time, the next step will be taken.

5. Returns to [#ADJUST] function selection window.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.5 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD ID
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.6 HEAD ID 1.0

Outline
HEAD ID represents each head characteristic written at shipping. The variation between heads is unified by inputting
the value to printer.
Additionally, the number of shots is cleared by setting the indication part of the number of shots to 0.

1
As this machine reads the head ID from the mounted memory (ROM) on the print head at each startup, it
is not necessary to set the head ID.

You can confirm/change the head ID by the following procedures.


However, as the head ID you changed is not stored, it will return to the value set in the memory of the
print head when the power supply is turned OFF. 2
Work Procedures
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [HEAD ID].
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent> 3
#ADJUST
HEAD ID <ent>

2. Confirm the Head ID from the label stuck on head FFC.


4
P/N N2207920
S/N 0000-000000D For this machine, Vpp-Odd indicated on FFC of the
Even row side head represents the even row and Vpp-Even repre-
Vpp-Odd 16.4V
sents the odd row. Be careful about it.

5
Vpp-Even 16.1V Odd row side

3. Select the input nozzle row (ID).


HEAD ID HEAD[1]
Vod =27.0 Vev =27.0

6
4. Input the driving voltages (Vod, Vev).
Value of Vpp-Odd
HEAD ID HEAD[1]
Vod =27.0 Vev =27.2 Value of Vpp-Even
[ENTER]: To select Head
[] / []: To move Cursor.
[] / []: To change Value 7
[END]: To fix and end

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.6 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > HEAD TEMP
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.7 HEAD TEMP 1.0

Function
Confirms/sets the head temperature.

Under normal conditions, do not change this.

1
Procedure
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [HEAD TEMP].
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST 2
HEAD TEMP <ent>

#HEAD TEMP
2. Enter (confirm) the head temperature.
[] / []: Changes values.
3
TEMP = 45C
[ENTER]: Confirms
[END]: Return

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.7 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > EXCHANGE LED UV
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.8 EXCHANGE LED UV 1.0

Outline
To exchange the LED-UV UNIT, the cooling water must be drained according to the following steps. This procedure
is used also for Water Cooling Device maintenance.

Procedure of EXCHANGE LED UV


1. Drain the cooling water using a syringe.

2
2. After draining the cooling water from the tank completely, dis-
connect the coupler of the UV head shown in the left figure and
drain the cooling water in the tube.
3

3. Drain the cooling water in the pump by pressing the coupler tip
of the centrifugal pump using your finger shown in the left fig- 5
ure.

6
4. After draining the cooling water in the tube, drain the cooling

7
water in the tank again. At this time, drain the cooling water
completely.

5. Charge the cooling water when LED-UV UNIT exchange is


completed.
Charge the full volume (450ml) as in the case of installation or
cooling water exchange.
8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.8 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > SERIAL No.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.9 SERIAL No. 1.0

Outline
Confirming and changing of the serial No. of UJF-3042HG/-6042.

Normally, dont change the serial No., which has been registered.

1
Work Procedures
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [SERIAL No.].
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST 2
SERIAL No. <ent>

2. Confirm the serial No., or change it.

3
#SERIAL No.
S/N 00000000 [] / []: To move Cursor
[] / []: To change Value
[ENTER]: Confirms
[END]: Return

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.9 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > DEALER No.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.10 DEALER No. 1.0

Outline
Check and set the dealer No.
For dealer No., 8-digit alphameric characters (0 to 9, A to Z) can be input.

Procedures
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [DEALER No.].

1
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ENT>

#ADJUST
DEALER No. <ENT>

2. Input (check) the dealer No.


2
#DEALER No.
D/N : 10000000 [] / [] : Changing value
[] / [] : Moving cursor

3
(When the cursor is at the right end or the left end, even if the key is
pressed, it does not move.)
[ENTER] : Confirmation
[END] : Cancel

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.10 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > ORIGIN ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.11 ORIGIN ADJUST 1.0

1
Origin Seal
25

2
32

Outline
The pattern is drawn and the origin position (the drawing reference point located at the front right) is parameter-com-
pensated.
3
Work Procedures
1. Display [#ADJUST] -> [ORIGIN ADJUST].
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>

4
2. Press the [] key to draw the pattern.

#ADJUST
ORIGIN ADJUST <ent> []: To execute Pattern drawing

#ORIGN ADJUST []: To initialize Adjustment value


CLEAR < > DRAW

#ORIGN ADJUST 5
PRINTING

3. Compensate it so that the corner part of pattern and the inside

6
#ORIGN ADJUST
corner part of Origin Seal align on the same line.
X=***.* Y=***.*
Specified value: X=22.0 Y=32.0

7
[],[]: To move Cursor.

Pattern [],[]: To change Compensating value


(unit: 0.1 mm)
[ENTER]: To register Compensating value

Origin
4. After compensated, draw the pattern again, and then check the
displacement and compensate it if necessary.
8
Form

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.11 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > TABLE ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.04.12 F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.12 TABLE ADJUST 1.1

Outline.
At first perform adjustment of the absorption table, and remove the absorption table. Put 100mm standard block on
the table, and adjust the table. (after ver1.10).

Procedures of GAP PIN

1
1. Display [#ADJUST] -> [TABLE ADJUST].
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST
TABLE ADJUST <ent>

2
2. Select object of adjustment.
#TABLE ADJUST
SELECT :VACUUM TABLE [] / [] : Switches
STANDARD

3. Set ON/OFF of the slider.


3
#TABLE ADJUST
SLIDER :ON [] / [] : Switches
OFF

4. Confirm with the [ENTER] key to terminate the setting. 4


#TABLE ADJUST
CPMPLETED :ent
[ENTER]: Confirms
[END]: Return

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.12 R.1.1 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > SET QUALITY
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.13 SET QUALITY 1.0

Outline
Setting of the operation mode of user-setting print quality.

SET QUALITY List of Items

No Item Description
1 Resolution selection 300, 600, 900, 1200
2 Print quality selection NORMAL, FINE, FAST 1
3 Number of passes selection 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18, 24, 32
4 High-speed scan selection ON/ OFF

2
Work Procedures
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [SET QUALITY].
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST

3
SET QUALITY <ent>

2. Select then change the resolution (DPI).


#SET QUALITY
X DPI : 300 [] / []: Switch
600

4
[ENTER]: Confirms (Next)
900
1200 [END]: Return

3. Select then change the print quality.


#SET QUALITY
[] / []: Switch

5
QUALITY :NORMAL
FINE [ENTER]: Confirms (Next)
FAST
[END]: Return
4. Select then change the number of partition passes.
#SET QUALITY
[] / []: Switch

6
PASS : 2pass
[ENTER]: Confirms (Next)
[END]: Return
5. Select then change ON/OFF of the High-speed scan.
#SET QUALITY

7
HIGHSPEED :OFF This can be set if the number of partition passes is
ON not minimum.

[] / []: Switch
[ENTER]: Confirms (End)

8
[END]: Return

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.13 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > FEED COMP.2
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.14 FEED COMP.2 1.0

Function
Compensates basic feeding amount of media. (Provides a baseline value for user compensation value.)
Adjust this when the parameter is initialized or the head is replaced.

2
By this adjustment, the user compensation value is cleared.

Procedure
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [FEED COMP 2].
FUNCTION

3
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST
FEED COMP 2 <ent>

2. Draw an adjustment pattern.


#FEED COMP 2
PRINT START :ent [ENTER]: Executes drawing. 4
[]: To the screen for adjustment
Pattern drawing (Without drawing)
[END]: Completes drawing and inputs compensation

5
value.

3. Check the adjustment pattern.


A pattern having width of
media is drawn.
Resolution is 150 dpi.

Compensation value is
6
too large.

Compensation value is
too small.
7
4. Enter the compensation value.
Compensation value: -500 to 500

8
#FEED COMP 2
ADJUST = 0
[] / []: Changes adjustment values.
[END]: Cancellation of input

n actual feeding amount compensation, compensa-


tion value for each feed set in the SETUP function
are added to this compensation value.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.14 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > ANGLE ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.15 ANGLE ADJUST 1.0

Compensating to the (+) side

Y-bar part
Compensation
value (+) side
Pattern right end

Compensation
value (-) side

Compensating to the (-) side 1


Pattern right end

Section Paper
2
Outline
The displacement amount is measured by overlapping the Section Paper on the pattern drawn, correct the tilt of the Y
bar part with the adjusting screw located at the back of the X bar.

About full adjustment in the field 3


Basically, full adjustment is the work in the production process, and it is not recommended to per-
form it in the field because there are too many restrictions. Therefore, this chapter shall be used for
reference of emergency measure.

That is because it is required to fix the base of the Y bar movable in the LM guide tightly before
adjustment and the accuracy of this fixing directly affects the adjustment accuracy. In addition, it is 4
very difficult to perform this fixing in the field with high accuracy.

Work Procedures

5
1. Set Media.
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>
2. Display [#ADJUST] -> [ANGLE ADJUST].

#ADJUST
ANGLE ADJUST <ent>
3. Press the [ENTER] key to draw a square pattern.
#ANGLE ADJUST
PRINT START :ent 6
#ANGLE ADJUST
PRINTING

7
4. Check the displacement amount of the line of the right side
Enlarged
when the Section paper is overlapped on the pattern drawn and
0.2 mm

8
the right bottom corner and the bottom side are put together.
Pattern Specified value: within 0.2 mm
(280x280)

*End the work when the displacement amount is within 0.2


mm.
Put together

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.15 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > DEFAULT SET
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.16 DEFAULT SET 1.0

Outline
Returning each parameter to the initial value.

DEFAULT SET List of Items

No Item Operation Remarks


1 SYSTEM param Initialize the parameter in question.
2 MAINTE param Initialize the parameter in question. 1
3 SERVO param Initialize the parameter in question.
4 FEED param Initialize the parameter in question.
5 HEAD param Initialize the parameter in question.
6
7
INK param. 1
INK param. 2
Initialize the parameter in question.
Initialize the parameter in question.
2
8 SCAN param Initialize the parameter in question.
9 WAVE PARAM 1 Initialize the parameter in question.
10 WAVE PARAM 2
11 WAVE PARAM 3
Initialize the parameter in question.
Initialize the parameter in question.
3
12 WAVE PARAM 4 Initialize the parameter in question.
13 SHIPPING set Initializing parameters of others than the adjustments.

Work Procedures 4
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [DEFAULT SET].
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>

5
#ADJUST
DEFAULT SET <ent>

2. Select the parameter to be initialized, and then fix it by


#DEFAULT SET [ENTER].
SYSTEM param. <ent>

6
MAINTE param. [] / []: Switch
SERVO param.
: [ENTER]: Confirms (to Confirmation display)
[END]: Return

3. Initialize by [ENTER].
#DEFAULT SET
INITIAL. OK? :ent
[ENTER]: Execute 7
[END]: Return
Parameter initialized

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.16 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > Head Voltage Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.17 Head Voltage Adjustment 1.0

Outline
This section describes the head voltage adjustment which is performed when the ink discharge becomes unstable and
the deflection of ink drop flight path occurs. As an adjusted value, an offset value for the head-specific reference volt-
age is set.
If this adjustment does not improve the situation, the head needs to be replaced.
Check

FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>
1. Set the media in the table.
1
2. Select [#ADJUST] -> [HEAD VOLT ADJ].

#ADJUST
HEAD VOLT ADJ <ent>

2
3. Select CHECK for [SELECT].

#HEAD VOLT ADJUST


SELECT :CHECK
ADJUST
4. Press [ENTER] and print a pattern.
[ENTER]: Starts printing a pattern.
#HEAD VOLT ADJUST
PRINT START :ent
3
HEAD TEMP. CONTROL
PLEASE WAIT

4
#HEAD VOLT ADJUST
PRINTING

Patern Drawing

Check Patern (all color) 5. Check the pattern.

5
Enlarge a single shot line from nozzle row of each color and
check the dots in the line.
If the deviation of each dot in Y direction is within the follow-
ing range, the color (nozzle row) is considered acceptable.
Good example Bad example
0 30 um

Single shot from one


nozzle row
If the deviation is big as shown in Bad example in the left fig-
ure, perform the voltage adjustment described below.
6
Acceptable deviation
of each dot in the same
nozzle row:
0 30 um

0~30um 7
Work Procedures
6. Select [#ADJUST] -> [HEAD VOLT ADJ].

8
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST
HEAD VOLT ADJ <ent> 7. Select ADJUST for [SELECT], and Press [ENTER] key.

#HEAD VOLT ADJUST


SELECT :ADJUST
CHECK

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.17 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > Head Voltage Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.17 Head Voltage Adjustment 1.0

8. Select the nozzle row (color) to be adjusted.


#HEAD VOLT ADJUST Select target nozzle
NZZL SLCT:H1-Odd(C) [] / [] : Select nozzle
H1-Evn(M)
H2-Evn(Y) [ENTER] : Confirm (next)
H2-Odd(K)
H3-Evn(W)
H3-Odd(CL)

#HD OFFSET :[ 0.0]V


start : 0.0V
Enter test start voltage
e.g.: 0.0V
9. Enter the offset voltage used when printing a pattern for adjust-
ment.
1
-3.0~+3.0
(The pattern will look like the image shown in the step 11
below.)
#HD OFFSET :[ 0.0]V Enter test finish voltage
e.g.: 2.0V 1),Set the offset voltage for printing the first pattern.

2
stop : 2.0V
-3.0~+3.0 (-3.0 to +3.0V, increments of 0.1V).
#HD OFFSET :[ 0.0]V Enter step value from test
2),Set the offset voltage for printing the last pattern.
step : 0.2V start to test finish (-3.0 to +3.0V, increments of 0.1V).
e.g.: 0.2V
0.1~1.0
3),Set the voltage added at every step from the above 1) to 2).

3
#HEAD VOLT ADJUST (0.1 to +1.0V, increments of 0.1V)
PRINT START :ent
The entered values are reflected to the reference volt-
HEAD TEMP. CONTROL age of the head.
PLEASE WAIT (A preset offset value will be ignored.)

#HEAD VOLT ADJUST


PRINTING 4
10. Press [ENTER] key to start printing.
Patern Drawing

5
11. Find the optimum offset value.
Enlarge the pattern and find the offset value which presents the
acceptable (within the specified range), smallest deviation in Y
direction.
Test start

6
The acceptable range of deviation is given in the step 5.

7
Test end

Print the patterns from the test start voltage to the test finish volt-

8
age (both set in the step 9) in increments of set step value.
* Numerical values indicate offset values for the head reference
voltage.

12. Set the offset voltage.


Enter the value considered optimum in the step 11.
#HD OFFSET :[ 0.0]V
H1-Odd(C): *.*V
-3.0~+3.0

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.17 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > Shot Count Reset
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.2.18 Shot Count Reset 1.0

Outline
This section describes how to reset the shot count and reset the offset value of the Head driving power voltage of
selected head.

Use this menu when you replace the head.

Work Procedures
1
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [RESET SHOT CNTS].
FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ent>

#ADJUST
RESET SHOT CNTS<ent>
2
2. Select a head and set whether or not to reset, and then press
#RESET SHOT CNTS ENTER key.

3
HEAD [MCYKWWCLCL]
[] / [] :Select head
#RESET SHOT CNTS [] / [] :Select whether or not to reset
HEAD [ YKWWCLCL] Head to be reset: Displayed
Head not reset: Not displayed
[ENTER] : Confirm
[END] : Back
4
3. Determine whether you reset the offset voltage of the head

5
#OFFSET VOLT selected in the Step 2 or not.
INITIAL.OK? <ent>
[ENTER] : Reset it.
[END] : Not reset it.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.18 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > Wash Tube
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.05.31 Revised F/W ver 3.00 Remark

4.2.19 Wash Tube 1.0

Outline
After washing the head, run washing liquid through from the air purge port to the head in order to wash ink remaining
in the air purge port.

Procedure of WASH TUBE


1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [WASH TUBE].

1
<LOCAL>
[FUNCTION]

FUNCTION
#ADJUST <ENT>

2
#ADJUST
WASH TUBE <ent>
2. Press the ENTER key.

3. Select a path to wash, and press the ENTER key.


#WASH TUBE When you press the ENTER key, the cartridge valve closes.
HEAD [MCYKMMCC]

4. Mount the close cartridge, and attach the washing liquid tube to
3
SET WASH TOOL the air purge port.
COMPLETE :ent When the work has been completed, press the ENTER key.
When you press the ENTER key, the absorption pump operates.

5. The absorption pump operates and it absorbs washing liquid


4
#WASH TUBE from the air purge port. After 40-second absorption, the absorp-
COMPLETE :ent tion pump stops.
(When you press the FUNCTION key, the absorption pump
operates again.)
By pressing the ENTER key, you can proceed to the next step. 5
When you press the FUNCTION key, absorption operation is
performed again.
When you press the ENTER key, the cartridge valve opens.

6. Remove the mounted close cartridge, and remove the washing


6
REMOVE WASH TOOL liquid tube from the air purge port.
COMPLETE :ent When the work has been completed, press the ENTER key.
When you press the ENTER key, the cartridge valve closes.

7. This is the end of washing air purge port.


7
#ADJUST
WASH TUBE <ent>

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.19 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > MACHINE NAME(UJF-3042HG)
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG Issued 2013.02.07 Revised F/W ver 3.50 Remark

4.2.20 MACHINE NAME(UJF-3042HG) 1.0

Outline
Switch the model name to UJF-3042HG or UJF-A3HG.

This menu is used when A3HG for China is produced.

1
Procedure of WASH TUBE
1. Select [#ADJUST] -> [WASH TUBE].
FUNCTION

2
#ADJUST <ENT>

#ADJUST
MACHINE NAME <ent>
2. Press the ENTER key.

#MACHINE NAME
3. Input (confirm) the name. 3
Machine Name =3042 [] / []: Change the machine name.
A3 [ENTER]: Finalizes
[END]: End

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.2.20 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment

4. Adjustment
4.1 4.2 4.3
4
Operation Matrix Adjustment Items Mechanical Adjustment

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > Adjustment of theTable Flatness
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.05.01 F/W ver 1.30 Remark

4.3.1 Adjustment of theTable Flatness 1.2

Outline
Adjust the table flatness by adjusting the contacting position between the four Up/Down cams and Rollers under the
table.

3
Procedures
1. Set the absorption table to the table.

MAINTENANCE
2. Raise the table up to the highest point.
4
CHECK TABLE <ent>

3. Select the position of adjustment with [] / [] key, and press

5
MAINTENANCE [ENTER] key.
POS. :Right&Rear (selection; Right&Rear / Right&Front / Left&Front /
Right&Front
Left&Front Left&Rear)
Left&Rear Move the head at the position of adjustment.
(You can start adjustment from any point.)

The following procedure is shared by four adjusting points. 6


4. Place the Thickness gauge under the carriage (see the figure).

7
The Thickness gauge should be placed in the same
position of the carriage, for all the adjusting points.
If it varies, the carriage may be inclined.
1.5mm

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.1 R.1.2 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Adjustment Items > Adjustment of theTable Flatness
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.05.01 F/W ver 1.30 Remark

4.3.1 Adjustment of theTable Flatness 1.1

Side of UV protection plate


5. Loosen the Fixing screws of the Up/Down cam.
(same between right and Loosen the cap bolt located in the side hole of the UV protec-
left sides)
tion plate, inserting a wrench into the hole.

Fixing screws of the


Up/Down Cam

Front 6. Adjust the height.


Adjust the table height so that the gap between the height
adjustment jig placed in the step 4 and carriage is cleared. 2
1), Loosen the red circled Lock Nut and rotate the cap bolt to
move the Up/Down cam back and forth, and fine adjust the
table height.

Up/Down cam The inclined surface of the Up/Down cam should be


always in contact with the Roller during adjustment.
3
Roller It is ideal to move the Up/Down cam with your
hands to keep it in absolute contact with the Roller.
Rear

4
Be careful not to deform the carriage by excessive
pressure.

2),Tighten the Lock Nut when the height is adjusted.


3),Tighten the Fixing screws of the Up/Down cam loosened in
the step 5.

5
4),Confirm that there is no gap between the Up/Down cam and
Up/Down cam Roller.

Roller 7. Adjust all the four points specified in the step 3 following the
above procedure.
8. Reattach the cover. 6

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.1 R.1.1 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > Carriage height Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.3.2 Carriage height Adjustment 1.0

1
Gap : 1.5mm Gap : 1.5mm

As a precondition for this adjustment, the table flatness should be adjusted correctly. 2
Refer to 4.3.1 Adjustment of theTable Flatness before checking or performing this adjustment.

3
Check the Slant of Carriage
1. Raise the table to the highest position.
ORIGIN SET UP
TABLE HEIGHT 50.0

2. Move the Carriage to place of X=150,Y=150.


ORIGIN SET UP
150.0 150 4
3. Turn the sub-power switch to OFF then the main power to OFF.

4. Remove the Front cover. (See6.1.1)


5. Measure the gap between the table and the base of the carriage
using a thickness gauge.
5
The measured values at both sides should be within the speci-
fied range.
Measurement point : Right and left sides of the carriage
The rated value : 1.5 0.25mm 6
* If the measured value is out of the specified range, adjust the
height of the carriage.

7
The adjustment procedure is given in the following steps.
Measurement point

Gap : 1.5mm
8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > Carriage height Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.3.2 Carriage height Adjustment 1.0

Adjustment procedure
Perform the following steps as follow-ups of the procedure previously described in Check the Slant of carriage.

6. Remove the following covers: (See6.1.1)


1,Head Cover
2,Fitting Cover
7. Loosen the two carriage Fixing screws located at the back of the
carriage. (See left figure) 1
To loosen the right screw, insert a ballpoint wrench
slightly from an angle and rotate it.

8. Insert a 1.5mm thickness gauge between the upper surface of


2
the table and the base of the carriage, and adjust the gap so that
the right and left sides have the equal height. After that, tighten
the screws that were loosened.
Fxing screws of Carriage
Insert wrench from an angle and rotate.
The measurement point and adjustment value are specified
in the step 5. 3
9. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > Carriage Front/Rear Tilt Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.3.3 Carriage Front/Rear Tilt Adjustment 1.0

Outline 2
The image quality deteriorates when the Carriage is not in parallel to the Table.
In this manual, the condition that the carriage is wholly tilting back and forth to the table is called as Front/rear tilt.
The checking procedures and adjusting procedure of Front/rear tilt are described as follows:

As a precondition for this adjustment, the table flatness should be adjusted correctly.
3
Refer to 4.3.1 Adjustment of theTable Flatness before checking or performing this adjustment.

Check for carriage Tilt

ORIGIN SET UP
1. Raise the table to the highest position. 4
TABLE HEIGHT
2. Move the carriage to place of X=150,Y=150.

5
ORIGIN SET UP
150.0 150

3. Turn the sub-power switch to OFF then the main power to OFF.
4. Remove the Front cover. (See6.1.1)

6
5. Measure the gap between the table and the base of the carriage
using a thickness gauge.
The measured values at both sides should be within the speci-
fied range.
Measurement point : Right and left sides of the carriage
The rated value : 1.5 0.25mm
7
* If the measured value is out of the specified range, loosen the
screws on the side of the carriage and adjust the tilt.
The adjustment procedure is given in the following steps.

8
Measurement point

Gap : 1.5mm

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > Carriage Front/Rear Tilt Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.3.3 Carriage Front/Rear Tilt Adjustment 1.0

Adjustment procedure
Perform the following steps as follow-ups of the procedure previously described in Check for carriage Tilt.

6. Remove the LED-UV Unit. (See6.7.1)

Both side of the carriage 7. Loosen the screws located on the both sides of the carriage.

8. Insert a 1.5mm thickness gauge between the table and carriage


1
and adjust the height so that the right and left sides (near and far
sides) of the carriage have the equal height. After that, tighten
the screws that were loosened.
The measurement point and adjustment value are specified
in the step 5.
2
Fixing screw of the CarriageBase
Since the carriage is relatively small, you can
check both the near and far sides together by
inserting a long thickness gauge into the far side.
3
9. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.3 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > LED-UV Unit Height Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.3.4 LED-UV Unit Height Adjustment 1.0

LED-UV Unit

2
2.0mm

3
Outline
The up/down position of the LED-UV Unit is mechanically adjusted. The gap between the LED-UV Unit and table is
set to 2mm while the head gap is 1.5mm.

Check the Height of LED-UV Unit


1. Raise the table to the highest position.
ORIGIN SET UP
TABLE HEIGHT 50.0 4
2. Move the carriage to place of X=150,Y=150.
ORIGIN SET UP

5
150.0 150

3. Turn the sub-power switch to OFF then the main power to OFF.

4. Remove the Front cover. (See6.1.1)

6
5. Measure the gap between the LED-UV Unit and table using a
thickness gauge.
Measurement point : One point from center part of the LED-
UV Unit base
The rated value : 2.0 0.25mm

* If the measured value is out of the specified range, adjust the


7
height of the LED-UV Unit.
The adjustment procedure is given in the following steps.

Measurement point
8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > LED-UV Unit Height Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.3.4 LED-UV Unit Height Adjustment 1.0

Adjustment procedure
Perform the following steps as follow-ups of the procedure previously described inCheck the Height of LED-UV
Unit .

6. Loosen the Fixing screw of LED-UV Unit.


Loosen

7. Adjust the gap between the LED-UV Unit and the upper surface
of the table so that it settles within the specified range. After 1
that, tighten the LED-UV Unit fixing screw.
The measurement point and adjustment value are specified
in the step 5.

2
2.0 mm

8. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.4 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > Work Area Sensor Height Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.02.07 F/W ver 3.50/1.00 Remark

4.3.5 Work Area Sensor Height Adjustment 1.1

2
Outline
To protect the print head, check if the light axis of the LED transmission sensor is at the specified height, and adjust it

3
if necessary.

The appropriate height of the light axis for this unit is 0.5mm under the head surface.

Adjustment standard
1. Raise the table to the highest position.
UJF-3042HG

4
1mm thickness gauge (LCD display: Table height 50 )

2. Execute [#SENSOR TEST WorkHeight] from [# TEST]. The


following results indicate the good condition.
1),Without a light shield: WorkHeight: ON

5
2),Place a 1mm thickness gauge on the table to shield the light:
WorkHeight: OFF

sensor rays
Table

6
UJF-6042 1mm thickness gauge

7
sensor rays
absorption table

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.5 R.1.1 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > Work Area Sensor Height Adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.02.07 F/W ver 3.50/1.00 Remark

4.3.5 Work Area Sensor Height Adjustment 1.1

Work Procedures
UJF-3042HG

Sensor BKT Height Adjust screw 3. Remove the following covers: (See6.1.1)
1),Right Cover
Lock Nut 2),Left Cover

1
Fxing screw
4. Loosen the Fixing screw of Sensor BKT.

5. Adjust the gap between the overhanging parts of the side panel
10mm Parallel and the Sensor BKT to 10mm, and also arrange those overhang-
ing parts parallel to each other.

2
Reference point
1),Loosen the Lock Nut of the Height Adjust Screw.
2),Adjust the height by rotating the Height Adjustment screw.
3),Tighten the Lock Nut and then tighten the BKT Fixing screw.
The right and left sides (projector and receiver sides) of the
main unit have the same structure. Adjust the both sides at the

3
same time.

6. Perform the step 1 and 2 to check.

4
UJF-6042

7. Remove the following covers: (See6.1.1)


projector sensor
1),Right Cover
2),Left Cover
fixing screw

5
8. Loosen the height fixing screw of projector sensor at right side.
And loosen the height fixing screw of receiver sensor at left
side.

9. Adjust the height of projector sensor by rotating the height


adjustment screw.Adjust the height of receiver sensor to projec-

6
height adjustment screw
tor height.

10. Tighten the fixing screw of projector and receiver sensor, and
receiver sensor tighten each Lock Nut.

fixing screw 11. Move Y-bar with JOG [] []key, perform the step1 and 2 to
check for whole table.
7

height adjustment screw


8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.5 R.1.1 P.2


Y drive belt tension adjustment > Adjustment > Mechanical Adjustment > Y drive belt tension adjustment
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2013.02.07 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

4.3.6 Y drive belt tension adjustment 1.0

2
Outline
Adjust tension of Y drive belt.

3
Work Procedures
1. Remove the following covers: (See6.1.1)
1),Front Cover
N4 nut x4 2),Upper Cover
3),Right Cover
Rotate two screws equally
2. Loosen the N4 nuts (x4) at behind the Y-T pulley BKT. 4
(Refer to left figure.)
B4 x 60 screw

5
3. Rotate the two B4 x 60 screws equally.

Y-T pulley BKT

4. Adjust the gaps width that showed in left figure are 6mm and
6
6mm 1mm 1mm.

Y-T pulley BKT


8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 4.3.6 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items

5. Test
5.1 5.2
5
Test Items Other Test

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > CHECK PATTERN
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2010.08.27 Revised 2013.05.01 F/W ver 1.30 Remark

5.1.1 CHECK PATTERN 1.1

Outline
Following 12 CHECK PATTERN types are printable.

100% 50% 25% 6.25%


NOZZLE V-LINE H-LINE SLANT
GRADATE V-1B1W H-1B1W FEED, GRID, DIS-

1
PLACEMENT, DROP
CHECK*

List of CHECK PATTERN

No Operation Selectable Values / Description


1 Select a pattern Select a desired one among the check patterns listed above. 2
2 Select Y resolution 300, 600, 900, 1200, 1800 dpi (1800 dpi for only UJF-6042)
3 Select X resolution 360, 540, 720, 1080, 1440, 1800 dpi (1800 dpi for only UJF-6042)
4 Select scan direction and the number Direction : UNI-D, :BI-D

5
of divisions.
Select the Linewidth
Divisions : 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32 passes
1~1500dots(Only as for V-LINE and H-LINE and SLANT)
3
6 Select the interval of the line. 1~9999dots(Only as for V-LINE and H-LINE and SLANT)
7 Select drawing size *2 X: 10 ~ 420 mm
Y: 10 ~ 300 mm (UJF-3042HG), Y: 10 ~ 610 mm (UJF-6042)
8 Select drawing color MCYKWR 4
9 Start drawing. [ENTER]: Starts drawing.
[REMOTE]: Selects nozzles and Switches between high speed scanning ON and OFF.
10 During drawing. [END]: Stop the drawing.

* Pattern of the [DROP CHECK] dose not heve menu of the [Y resolution]-[Drawing color].
5

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.1 R.1.1 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > AGEING
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.05.01 F/W ver 1.30 Remark

5.1.2 AGEING 1.1

Outline
For the durability testing, continuous reciprocating operation is executed.

List of AGEING items

Name of Test Function


XYZ SERVO*
XY SERVO*
Continuous reciprocating operation in X-axis, Y-axis and Table Up/Down.
Continuous reciprocating operation in X-axis and Y-axis
1
X SERVO Continuous reciprocating operation in X-axis
Y SERVO* Continuous reciprocating operation in Y-axis
PUMP MOTOR
CIRCULATION PUMP
Continuous operation of Ink-supplying Pump Motor (Max. 24 days)
Continuous operation of Circulation Pump Motor (Max. 24 days)
2
WIPER MOTER Continuous reciprocating operation of Wiper Motor (Max.9999Times)
Z SERVO Continuous reciprocating operation of Table Up/Down.
(This menu can choose the value that is bigger than "speed and acceleration" of XYZ SERVO.)
HEAD WIPE Continuous reciprocating operation of Wiping. (Max.9Times) 3
CAPPING Continuous reciprocating operation of Capping.
CLEANING Execution of cleaning operation by the designated times (Max.500Times)
VALVE Continuous operation of opening and closing Cartridge valve
FLASHING
RADIATOR PUMP
Continuous reciprocating operation of Flashing.
Continuous operation of the Pump Motor of Water cooling device.
4
X measure Continuous operation of the X measure.
COM For developmental debugging
kebab
BBQ
Continuous operation of the kebab rotation.
Continuous operation of the BBQ rotation.
5
JIG FAN Continuous operation of the Jig fan.

*It may cause ink leakage from the Head when executed in keeping the ink charged.

6
For the work, put down unused media or the like in advance since it may cause ink leakage when
[Y SERVO] or [XYZ SERVO] or [XY SERVO] is executed.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.2 R.1.1 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > SENSOR TEST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.05.01 F/W ver 1.30 Remark

5.1.3 SENSOR TEST 1.1

Outline
Each sensor is tested.

List of SENSOR TEST

Name of Test Function LCD display


Cover Displaying the status of the Cover Sensor.
(The identification by the cover name is not possible. Because
OPEN/CLOSE
1
each cover sensor for series connection.)
Y -Org Displaying the status of the Y-origin Sensor. ON/OFF
X -Org Displaying the status of the X-origin Sensor . ON/OFF
Z-Org
Wiper-Org
Displaying the status of the Z-origin Sensor (Table).
Displaying the status of the Wiper Origin Sensor.
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
2
WorkHeight Displaying the status of the WorkHeight Limit Sensor. ON/OFF
InkCtrg 1 Displaying the status of the Ink Cartridge1 Sensor. ON/OFF
InkCtrg 2
InkCtrg 3
Displaying the status of the Ink Cartridge2 Sensor.
Displaying the status of the Ink Cartridge3 Sensor.
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
3
InkCtrg 4 Displaying the status of the Ink Cartridge4Sensor. ON/OFF
InkCtrg 5 Displaying the status of the Ink Cartridge5 Sensor. ON/OFF

4
InkCtrg 6 Displaying the status of the Ink Cartridge6 Sensor. ON/OFF
InkCtrg 7 Displaying the status of the Ink Cartridge 7 Sensor ON/OFF
InkCtrg 8 Displaying the status of the Ink Cartridge 8 Sensor ON/OFF
InkNear 1 Displaying the status of the Ink Near End Sensor.(color 1) OK/NEND

5
InkNear 2 Displaying the status of the Ink Near End Sensor.(color 2) OK/NEND
InkNear 3 Displaying the status of the Ink Near End Sensor.(color 3) OK/NEND
InkNear 4 Displaying the status of the Ink Near End Sensor.(color 4) OK/NEND
InkNear 5 Displaying the status of the Ink Near End Sensor.(color 5) OK/NEND

6
InkNear 6 Displaying the status of the Ink Near End Sensor.(color 6) OK/NEND
InkCtrg 7 Displaying the status of the Ink Near End Sensor 7 OK/NEND
InkCtrg 8 Displaying the status of the Ink Near End Sensor 8 OK/NEND
CoolFloat Displaying the status of the Float Sensor of water cooling device. ON/OFF
Op-Sns1 Displaying the status of Option Jig sensor1 ON/OFF
Op-Sns2 Displaying the status of Option Jig sensor2 ON/OFF 7

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.3 R.1.1 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > PARAM. DRAW
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.05.01 F/W ver 1.30 Remark

5.1.4 PARAM. DRAW 1.1

Outline
Select a parameter, and draw the settings. The selectable parameters are as follows:

List of PARAM. DRAW

No. PARAMETER
1
2
SYSTEM PRM
MAINTE PRM
1
3 SERVO PRM
4 FEED PRM.2
5
6
HEAD PRM
INK PRM.1
2
7 INK PRM.2
8 SCAN PRM

3
9 OPTION PRM
10 WAVE PRM 1 (There is color choice.)
11 WAVE PRM 2 (There is color choice.)
12 WAVE PRM 3(There is color choice.)

4
13 WAVE PRM 4(There is color choice.)

For the details of parameters, refer to 4.1.4 Parameter functions of SERVICE DOCUMENTS.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.4 R.1.1 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > MEMORY CHECK
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.5 MEMORY CHECK 1.0

Outline
Checks each memory of the machine.

Content

Item Content
F-ROM check Executes hash check of F-ROM.
When a check sum error occurs, F-ROM SUM ERROR is displayed.
1
S-RAM check Executes Read/Write check of S-RAM.
When a DATA error occurs, S-RAM D:xxxxxxxx is displayed.
When a Address error occurs, S-RAM A:xxxxxxxx is displayed.
SDRAM check Executes Read/Write check of SDRAM.
When a DATA error occurs, SDRAM D:xxxxxxxx is displayed.
When a Address error occurs, SDRAM A:xxxxxxxx is displayed.
2

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > Key Board Test
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.6 Key Board Test 1.0

Outline
Tests the panel switch.

Content
When the panel switch is pressed, the name of the switch is displayed on the LCD.

1
If none is pressed, NONE is displayed on the LCD.

When you press the [END] key, Test end is displayed and the keyboard test is completed.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.6 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > LCD Test
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.7 LCD Test 1.0

Outline
The characters are displayed on the LCD.

Content
After LCD test starts, each character will be displayed repeatedly on the LCD.

1
When you press the [END] key, the LCD test is completed.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.7 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > Temperature Check
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.8 Temperature Check 1.0

Outline
Temperature check of each part that monitors temperature is available.

Content
The temperature in the table below is displayed.

Display
HT SINK Heat sink temperature of slider relay PCB
Content
1
HEAD1 Head temperature of head 1 EVEN side
HEAD2 Head temperature of head 1 ODD side
HEAD3
HEAD4
Head temperature of head 2 EVEN side
Head temperature of head 2 ODD side
2
HEAD5 Head temperature of head 3 EVEN side
HEAD6 Head temperature of head 3 ODD side
HEAD7
HEAD8
Head temperature of head 4 EVEN side
Head temperature of head 4 ODD side
3
LED UV1 Temperature of UVLED PCB 1
LED UV2 Temperature of UVLED PCB 2

4
LED UV3 Temperature of LED UV DRIVE PCB
RADIATER Not Use
HD BASE2 Not Use
HD BASE Not Use

5
LCD Temperature of Key Board PCB

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.8 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > UV LEVEL Check
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.9 UV LEVEL Check 1.0

Outline
Operates for measuring the amount of light of LED-UV.

Content
LED-UV lights in the drawing area.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.9 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > INK IC Check
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.10 INK IC Check 1.0

Outline
Check the ink cartridge IC.

Content
Check is performed by reading the IC chip data, and then displays the number of errors for each cartridge.

1
When an error occurs, IC=1 ERR=1 is displayed.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.10 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > INK TEST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.11 INK TEST 1.0

Outline
This is a function to adjust the wave shape. Discharges by changing the wave shape and the voltage, and searches the
proper wave shape.

Content
Draws by changing one value of the specified wave shape parameter little by little.

For drawing, you can specify either of test drawing, 1B15W, density 6.25% or density 100%.
1
You can also perform cleaning before drawing.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.11 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > ENCORDER Check
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.12 ENCORDER Check 1.0

Outline
Checks the operation of the linear encoder and the motor encoder by moving the slider.

Content
M: xxx E: xxx is displayed on the lower row of the LCD. The coordinate value of the motor encoder is displayed in
M, and that of the linear encoder is displayed in E in units of mm.

With[] []key, you can move the slider to right and left.
1

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.12 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > EVENT LOG
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.13 EVENT LOG 1.0

Outline
Displays the event log.

Content
Displays the latest event log from the beginning in order.

1
You can change logs with [] []key and display the details with the [TEST] key.

When the [DATACLEAR] key is pressed, the event log is initialized.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.13 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > Message Check
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.14 Message Check 1.0

Outline
Error messages and warning messages are displayed.

Content
You can display error messages and warning messages with [] [] key in order.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.14 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Test Items > HW Test
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.1.15 HW Test 1.0

Outline
Port test of the hardware

Content
As this is a function for development, the details are not disclosed.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.1.15 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Test > Other Test

5. Test
5.1 5.2
5
Test Items Other Test

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Test > Other Test > Ink route leak confirmation procedure
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

5.2.1 Ink route leak confirmation procedure 1.0

Outline
This chapter explains ink route leak confirmation procedure after replacing the dumper adapter and the dumper.

In addition, perform this before attaching ink tube from the cartridge with the dumper port.

Confirmation procedure

1
1. Connect two dumper ports by the tube 2.5mm in inside diame-
Port Tube(Single Black)
SJ-MMK 2.5 x 4.5 ter.

2
Dumper

2. Remove the Station Cover.


(Make the port for checking negative pressure usable.)
Fixing screw x2
3

Station Cover

Head1
Head2 Head3
Head4
4

Port for checking negative pressure


5
3. Attach the Leak Checking jig (Syringe) with the port for check-
Tube
Inside 2.5mm ing negative pressure.

Dumper

Dumper
Do not press the piston of the syringe.
It may absorb foreign object into the nozzle and
6
Air drain Adupter cause discharging defect.
port
Air drain port
4. Check the Leak.
Head
Leak Cheking jig
Pull the Piston of syrige.
Criteria
7
Cap
OK: When you pull the piston of the syringe, you feel load, and
if you loose the power to pull, it tries to return backward.
Syringe
(There is no leak of air and when you pull the piston, the

8
Tube
pump route becomes in the vacuum status.)
Port for checking negative pressure
NG: If you can pull the piston of the syringe easily, or even if
you loose the power to pull, it does not return backward.
(There is any leak of air somewhere in the route and air
has entered in the syringe.)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 5.2.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Covers

6. Disassembly and Reassembly


6.1 6.2 6.3
6
Covers Ink-related Parts Driving Parts
6.4 6.5 6.6
PCBs Sensors Other Electrical Parts
6.7 6.8 7
UV Parts Greasing

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Covers > Cover Layout
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.1.1 Cover Layout 1.0

Front
Cartrige Cover

Left Cover Head Cover


1
Slider PCB Cover
Upper Cover

Right Cover

Front Cover
2
Front-Left Cover

Front Cover
Under-TB Front Cover TB
Side Cover
(Right and left are common) Station Cover Wast ink Tank Door
4
Rear

5
Rear Cover
Rear Left Cover

Rear Right Cover


6
Rear Cover TB

Power Supply Chassis


Rear Panel

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.1.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Covers > Key Panel Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.1.2 Key Panel Assy 1.0

2
Key Panel Assy.

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


3
Procedures

4
1. Turn the main power OFF

2. Remove the following covers:


Key Board Cover -Under

5
The state that excluded Key
Board Cover-Under

6
Disconnect the FFC
3. Disconnect the FFC from the Key Board PCB.

When the FFC is connected, be sure not to mistake


the frond and back.
Do not connect it at an angle.

7
Key Board PCB

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.1.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Covers > Key Panel Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.1.2 Key Panel Assy 1.0

Power Switch Relay Connector 4. Disconnect the following Connecters.


1),Power Switch Relay Connector
2),Emergency Switch Relay Connector

1
Emergency Switch Relay Connector

Remove the Side Cover of right and left. 5. Remove the Side Cover of right and left.

6. Remove the Key Panel Assy. (Four Screws)


Screw : P4x8SMW x4
2

The following process may be required at maintenance such as parts replacement. 5


7. Remove the Front Panel. (Five Screws)
Front Panel

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.1.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Covers > Tube_FFC Holder Stick the Protection tape
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.1.3 Tube_FFC Holder Stick the Protection tape 1.0

1
Tube_FFC Holder On the Bear Guide

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 2


Outline
FFC connected with the slider PCB is fixed with Tube_FFC Holder (at two positions). By the screw coming out
from this plate may damage FFC. 3
To prevent this, or as the countermeasure to prevent it from recurring after a problem occurred, paste protection tape
on this plate.

4
Procedures
1. Turn the main power OFF.

2. Remove the following covers:


Upper Cover

5
Rear Cover

Fixing screw
3. Remove the "Tube_FFC Holder".
Fixing screw x 2
6

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.1.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Covers > Tube_FFC Holder Stick the Protection tape
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.1.3 Tube_FFC Holder Stick the Protection tape 1.0

4. Paste protection tape on "Tube_FFC Holder".

Method and note for pasting tape are as below:

Make sure you do not seal holes.

1
Paste the acetate Paste the tape so
tape on the surface that the screw to fix
contacting with the tube holder

2
FPC. (TM-04) is
screened out.

Tape width: 40mm

5. Assemble the "Tube_FFC Holder".


Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
3

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.1.3 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts

6. Disassembly and Reassembly


6.1 6.2 6.3
6
Covers Ink-related Parts Driving Parts
6.4 6.5 6.6
PCBs Sensors Other Electrical Parts
6.7 6.8 7
UV Parts Greasing

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Head Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.1 Head Assy 1.0

Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.Ink may get in
your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch the ink.

Never rotate the screws which are not instructed to do so in the following procedure.

1
Head adjustment is not required when the Head is disassembled or assembled at the user
side.Never rotate the hexagon socket head screws (cap screws) specified in the following figure,
which are used for adjustment or attachment.

Front-back set
screw

Inclination set
2
screw

3
Front-back set
screw

Adjusting
screw

Procedures of Head Washing before Replacing the Head


Before replacing the head, wash the new Head Assy washed with acetone with F-200 Cleaning Liquid. Washing pro-
4
cess is described first.

Be sure to perform the washing process as below.


Filling ink without washing may cause the nozzle clogging or deflection.
After washing, be sure to fill ink in 24 hours.
5
1. Set the Filter to the Dumper Adapter of the Head Assy.
50cc syringe Filter : Millex SLLHH25NS (MILLIPORE)
F-200 Clearning

6
liquid

2. Remove the cap of the Air Bleeder Tube.

3. Set the syringe containing F-200 Cleaning Liquid to the Filter,


Filter and then fill the cleaning liquid until about 10 cc of the liquid
0.45um 25mm
discharges from the Air Bleeder Tube.
Head Assy

Dumper Adapter
Remove the
cap
Never pull the piston of the syringe.
7
Foreign material may be sucked into the noz-
zle.

Waste liq-
uid
8
Head
Air Bleeder
Tube

Waste liquid

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Head Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.1 Head Assy 1.0

4. Close the cap of the Air Bleeder Tube.


F-200 Clearning

5. Push the syringe to discharge 30 cc of F-200 Cleaning Liquid


liquid

from the nozzles.

Filter
0.45um 25mm
Check F-200 Cleaning Liquid squirts out of all

Dumper Adapter
the nozzles.
1

close the cap


2
F-200 Clearning

Head
liquid

3
Drain cleaning
liqiud from
Waste liquid Nozle

6. Remove the cap of the Air Bleeder Tube.

7. Set the syringe filled with air to the Filter, and then inject the
air.
4
Air

Filter Remaining F-200 Cleaning Liquid is discharged from the Air


0.45um 25mm
Bleeder Tube.
Remove the
cap 8. After discharging all F-200 Cleaning Liquid, inject another 60

5
Dumper Adapter cc air. (The Cleaning Liquid is discharged from the Air Bleeder
Tube.)

Never pull the piston of the syringe.


Foreign material may be sucked into the noz-
Waste liq- zle.

6
uid

Head 9. Close the cap of the Air Bleeder Tube, and remove the Filter.

10. Perform Step 1 to 9 to the other nozzle row.


Waste liquid

After washing, be sure to fill ink in 24 hours. 7


Note: If needed, remove the GEN Head Holder before
Two screws working.

GEN Head Holder

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.1 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Head Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.1 Head Assy 1.0

Procedures of Disassembly and Reassembly

Dumper &
11. Turn the main power OFF
Screw
Dumper Cover
12. Disconnect the FPCof the Print Head from the Head Slider
PCB.

13. Remome the screw of Dumper Cover.


Screw : P3x6SMW x1 1
14. Remome the Dumper & Dumper Cover.
As shown in the lower right figure, the Dumper Cover is
attached by inserting the tab. Tilt and remove the tab with care

Tab
not to damage the Dumber or Tube.
2
Air Bleeder Tube
15. Remome the Air Bleeder Tube.
Loosen the nut on the back of the Air Bleeder BKT (lower right
figure) and remove the Tube.
3
Air Bleeder BKT

4
Fitting Cover

5
Nut

16. Remove the two screws that fix the Head.


Head fixing screw

6
Use a slotted screwdriver.

17. Remove the Head Assy.


GEN Head (with the GEN Head Holder (metal plate) attached)
Holder

7
Head Assy

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.1 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Head Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.1 Head Assy 1.0

18. Remove the GEN Head Holder (imetal plate) from the Head
Assy.
Screw : B3x6 x2

Head Assy GEN Head Holder 2


19. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.1 R.1.0 P.4


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Dumper
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.2 Dumper 1.0

Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.Ink may get in
your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch the ink.

Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process.


(Refer to 3.1.2 Replacement of Dumper)
1
Spread the media or the like around the Carriage not to soil the surroundings.

1. Turn the main power OFF.

2
Tube

Cap Nut 2. Remove the Head FPC of the target Head from the Slider PCB.

3. Remove the Cap Nut, and pull of the Ink Tube.

3
Dumper
Take care not to stain any object by ink dripping.

O Ring

4
Dumper Cover

5
4. Remome the screw of Dumper Cover.
Dumper &
Dumper Cover Screw : P3x6SMW x1

6
5. Remome the Dumper & Dumper Cover.
As shown in the lower right figure, the Dumper Cover is
attached by inserting the tab. Tilt and remove the tab with care
not to damage the Dumber or Tube.

8
Tab

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Dumper
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.2 Dumper 1.0

6. Take out the Dumper from the Dumper Cover.


Dumper Cover

Do not press the film or round button of the


Dumper.

Dumper
It may cause ink dripping.

button 1

2
film

7. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.


3

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Pump Head
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.3 Pump Head 1.0

Removing Procedure of Pump Head

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you
touch the ink.
Wipe the blue cover of Pump Head with a dry cloth for cleaning.
Never use any chemicals such as alcohol, remover or the like since it may result in cracks or surface 1
separations of cover.

Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process.


(Refer to 3.1.3 Replacement of Pump Head) 2
Take care not soil the surroundings.

3
1. Confirm the pump position to be replaced.

The pump No. is identical with the Head No.


Take care not to confuse it.

4
1 2 3 4

Perform the following process with the removed


Station Assy upside down.

Station Assy

Nut
2. Remove the Nut and Sleeve from each of the right and left
tubes. 5
Sleeve Take care not to stain any object by ink dripping.

3. Remove the Pump head.


7
(1) Remove the Pump base.
Screw x4

8
(2) Remove the Pump head from the Pump base.

Pump base

Pump head

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Pump Head
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.3 Pump Head 1.0

Tube replacing/Pump head assembling procedure


4. Pull the catch part of Pump Cover frontward to remove the
Pump Cover.

5. After the replacement of Pump Tube, put the tube between roll-
2
ers in parallel, and insert the Pump Roller into the main unit.
Pump Tube
Apply the silicon grease, which is included in the

3
Maintenance Tube Set, to the Pump Roller and
Pump Tube. (approx. half a bag for one pump)

4
6. Assemble the pump cover.

In the following case, the assembling is not accepted.


The hook of Pump Cover is not firmly engaged
with the base. 5

7. Perform Pump tube aging. 7


Rotate the pump with an electric screwdriver for one minute
and more.

Be sure to perform this before attaching.


Otherwise, it may cause power swing of the
8
pump motor or abnormal noise.

8. Attach the pump head to the station Assy.


Attach it in the reverse procedures of the Step 3.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.3 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Pump Head
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.3 Pump Head 1.0

9. Assemble the Nut and Sleeve to the right and left tube.
Nut

Sleeve

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.3 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Station Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.4 Station Assy. 1.0

Description of this section


This section provides the procedure for removing the unit for easier maintenance of certain parts, such as the Pump
Head and Wiper Assy.

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

1
Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.

Spread the media or the like around the Carriage not to soil the surroundings.

Procedures 2
1. Move the Y-Bar to the farthest position.

2. Turn the main power OFF.

3. Remove the following covers:


Front Cover Rear Cover-Right Station Cover
3
4. Open the Waste Ink Tank Door and remove the Waste Ink Tank.

4
5. Move the Carriage to the far left.

Waste Ink Tank

6. Disconnect the relay connector of the Diaphragm Pump.

7. Disconnect the black tube of the Nozzle Suction Bottle.


Tube
5
Take care not to stain any object by ink dripping

6
Connecter

8. Disconnect the connecter from the Wiper Motor.

7
9. Disconnect the connector of the Pump Motor.
(Pump 3 PCB [CN10] )

Connector of the 10. Disconnect the connecter of the Wiper Sensor.


Pump Motor
(Pump 3 PCB [CN5] )

Connecter of the Wiper


Sensor Wiper Motor

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Station Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.4 Station Assy. 1.0

11. Remove the five screws. (Four screws are found on the back.)
Screw : P4x8SMW x3

12. Remove the Station Assy.


Carefully remove the Assy so as not to damage the cables or 2
tubes.

In order to protect the underside parts, place the

3
removed Station Assy on a thick material as shown
in the below figure, keeping its underside untouched
partially.

13. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.


5

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.4 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Wipe Suction Pump Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.5 Wipe Suction Pump Assy. 1.0

Wipe Suction Pump Assy.

2
Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.

1. Turn the main power OFF.


3
2. Remove the following covers:
Rear panel

4
3. Open the Waste Ink Tank Door and disconnect the relay con-
nector.

5
4. Disconnect the Tube and remove the Wipe Suction Pump Assy.
Disconnect the Tube Screw : P3x8SMW x4

7
5. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge Guide Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.6 Cartridge Guide Assy. 1.0

Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.Ink may get in
your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch the ink.

Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process.


(Refer to 3.1.4 Replacement of Cartridge Guide Assy.) 1
Take care not soil the surroundings.

1. Turn the main power OFF.


2
Numbers indicate the color order

2. Remove the Cartridge Cover and the Rear Cover.


1 2
3. Check the slots.
3 4
The Cartridge Guide Assy. consists of two groups of
5
6

8
cartridge guides, and each group contains four car-
tridge guides arranged one on top of the other.
3
7 Assembly/disassembly is performed by group. Check
Group 1 Group 2 the position of the target cartridge before disassem-
bling.

2 1 4. Disconnect all connectors(cable) from the ID Contact PCB. 4


4
3

5
6
5
8
7

ID Contact PCB (x8)

5. Remove the Cartridge Sensor Assy from the Slider Relay PCB,
and draw the cable to the back of the Cartridge Guide Assy. 6
See the following table for connector numbers and cartridge
numbers of the Slider Relay PCB board.
CN No.
CN10
Cartridge No.
Cartridge 1
7
CN11 Cartridge 2
CN12 Cartridge 3
Cartridge sensor
CN14 Cartridge 4

8
Assy CN15 Cartridge 5
CN16 Cartridge 6
CN17 Cartridge 7
CN18 Cartridge 8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.6 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge Guide Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.6 Cartridge Guide Assy. 1.0

6. Remove the Cap Nut, and pull of the Ink Tube..

Take care not to stain any object by ink dripping


and also not to lose the O-ring.

1
7. Remove the Ink Slot Guide GASS(steel plate).
Screw : P3x6SMW x3

Important notes for the following steps 8 to 11.


2

3
The red circles in the above figure indicate the fitting

4
positions of the resin ribs from the Cartridge Guide
and the plate. Be careful not to break the ribs.
8. Remove the two screws that fix the Ink Slot Guide BKT1(steel
Screw(x2)
plate).

9. Remove the Cartridge Guide(Group1).


The Ink Slot Guide BKT1(steel plate) should be kept attached. 5

Ink Slot Guide


BKT1
Cartridge
Guide(Group1) 6
10. Remove the two screws that fix the Ink Slot Guide BKT2(steel
Screw(x2)
plate).

11. Remove the Cartridge Guide(Group2).


The Ink Slot Guide BKT2(steel plate) should be kept attached. 7

8
Ink Slot Guide Cartridge
BKT2 Guide(Group2)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.6 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge Guide Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.6 Cartridge Guide Assy. 1.0

12. Remove the Cartridge Base Assy from the Ink Slot Guide
BKT1(or Ink Slot Guide BKT2).

Cartridge Base Assy

13. Remove the Cartridge Guide Assy. 2

3
Cartridge Guide Assy.

14. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure. 4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.6 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge Coupling Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.7 Cartridge Coupling Assy. 1.0

Procedures

Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.Ink may get in your
eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you touch the ink.

Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process.


1
(Refer to 3.1.5 Replacement of Cartridge Coupling Assy.)
Take care not soil the surroundings.

1. Remove the Cap Nut, and pull of the Ink Tube. 2


Take care not to stain any object by ink dripping and
also not to lose the O-ring.

3
Cap Nut

O-ring (S4) 4
Ink Tube

2. Remove the tapping screws, and remove the Cartridge Coupling


Assy.
5

7
Cartridge Coupling Assy.
Tapping screw

3. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.7 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge valve Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.8 Cartridge valve Assy. 1.0

Removal Procedure

Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Otherwise, ink may get into your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get
rough if you touch the ink.

Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process. (Refer to "3.1.5 Replacement of Car-
1
tridge Coupling Assy.")
Take care not soil the surroundings.

1. Disconnect the connector of the Solenoid. 2

2. Remove the Cap Nut, and pull of the Ink Tube. 4


(Take care not to stain any object by ink dripping and also not to
lose the O-ring.)

3. Remove the two screws (P3 x 6SMW), and remove the Sole-
noid.
6

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.8 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge valve Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.8 Cartridge valve Assy. 1.0

4. Unlock the Edge saddle, and remove the wire of the Solenoid
from the Solenoid BKT.

1
5. Remove a Tapping screw (TP3 x 8F), remove the Solenoid
BKT.
2

3
6. Remove the two Tapping screws (TP3 x 12F), remove the Valve
Assy.

5
7. Remove a Tapping screw (TP2 x 10), and remove the Cartridge
detector attached to the Valve Assy.

Cartridge detector

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.8 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge valve Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.8 Cartridge valve Assy. 1.0

Assembly Procedure
1. Set the projection of the Cartridge detector (shown by the circle
in the middle left figure) in the Valve Assy. notch (shown by the
circle in the upper left figure), and tighten to fix a Tapping
screw (TP2 ~ 10).

1
VALVE Assy.

3
Cartridge detector

5
2. Fix the Valve Assy. using the two Tapping screws (TP3 x 12F).

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.8 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge valve Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.8 Cartridge valve Assy. 1.0

3. Insert the projections of the Solenoid BKT into the two slot-
shaped parts (shown by the circle in the upper left figure).

3
4. Fix the Solenoid BKT using a Tapping screw (TP3 x 8F).

5
5. Fix the Solenoid to the Solenoid BKT using the two screws (P3
x 6SMW).

7
6. Insert the Solenoid BKT pin into the hole of the link so that the
U-shaped gutter of the link is set in the flute of the axis protrud-
ing from the Valve Assy.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.8 R.1.0 P.4


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge valve Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.8 Cartridge valve Assy. 1.0

7. Insert the Plunger into the Solenoid.

Plunger
1
8. Insert the snap pin through the elongate hole of the link and the
hole of the Plunger.

Take care not to insert the snap pin too deep as 2


shown in the lower left figure.

Snap pin
3

5
X no good good

6
9. Thread the wire of the Solenoid into the Edge saddle, and lock
it.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.8 R.1.0 P.5


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Cartridge valve Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.8 Cartridge valve Assy. 1.0

10. Connect the connector of the Solenoid.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.8 R.1.0 P.6


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Capping
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.9 Capping 1.0

1
Cap Slider Assy.

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you
2
touch the ink.

3
Take care not soil the surroundings.

Working Procedure
Method to remove cap by unit

1. Turn the main power OFF


4
2. Remove the following covers:
Front Cover
Upper Cover

5
Cap Slider Assy.

3. Pull out the tube from the cap from the fitting.

Tube from cap


7
4. Take Cap Base off.

8
Screw x4

Cap Base

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.9 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Capping
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.9 Capping 1.0

5. Remove the Cap Slider.


(1) Remove the Cap Slider from the guide flute by extending
the side surface of the Cap Base.
(2) Take two springs off.

Cap Slider
1

Method to disassemble by units of part such as cap rubber

3
1. Pull out the tube from the cap from the fitting.

5
Tube from cap

Cap Cover 2. Remove the Cap Cover.

6
Screw x5

7
Cap Rubber
3. Perform maintenance on each part and replace it.

Cap spring

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.9 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Wiper unit Assy(Belt, Sensor)
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.10 Wiper unit Assy(Belt, Sensor) 1.0

1
Wiper Unit Assy

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 2


Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Ink may get in your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get rough if you
touch the ink.

Take care not soil the surroundings.


3

4
Working Procedure
1. Turn the main power OFF

Station Assy
2. Take the Station Assy off, from the machine.
Refer to 6.2.4 Station Assy.

3. Take the Wiper unit Assy off, from the Station Assy.
7

Wiper unit Assy

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.10 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Wiper unit Assy(Belt, Sensor)
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.10 Wiper unit Assy(Belt, Sensor) 1.0

Wiper Cover
4. Remove the following parts:
Wiper Cover
Wiper BKT 2

Wiper BKT 2
1
5. Take the Belt pulley off. (with the nozzle Assy fixed)
Remove the E-Ring.
2

E-Ring
3

6. Take the Nozzle Assy off.


5
Remove the Belt holder.

6
Belt holder

7. Take the Wipaer Origin Sensor off. 7

8. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.


8
Wiper Origin Sensor

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.10 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Circulation Pump Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.11 Circulation Pump Assy. 1.0

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.
Otherwise, ink may get into your eyes depending on the working condition, or hand skin may get
rough if you touch the ink.

1
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Cover.
Rear Cover

3
Slider Relay PCB Assy. 2. Disconnect the connector of the Circulation Pump Connection
Assy. from the Slider Relay PCB Assy.

Connector of Circulation
Pump Connection Assy.
5
3. Remove the Front Left Cover.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.11 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink-related Parts > Circulation Pump Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.2.11 Circulation Pump Assy. 1.0



l

4. Remove the Circulation Pump Cover.
W

S Four screws
Circulation Pump Cover
{

5. Remove the nuts on the pump, and remove the Ink Tube from
the pump.
2
No.1 No.2
The ink in the ink tube can drip so work carefully.
The number of the pump is given as: the left pump
is marked as No.1 (for ink slot No.7) and the right

3
pump is marked at No.2 (for ink slot No.8).
The ink tube with a mark tube is connected to the
Mark Tube coupling below each pump. Pay attention not to
confuse them upon assembling.

4
Nut

Sleeve

6
6. Remove the Circulation Pump Unit.
Four screws

7. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.


8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.2.11 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts

6. Disassembly and Reassembly


6.1 6.2 6.3
6
Covers Ink-related Parts Driving Parts
6.4 6.5 6.6
PCBs Sensors Other Electrical Parts
6.7 6.8 7
UV Parts Greasing

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > X-axis Motor Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.1 X-axis Motor Assy 1.0

X-axis Motor Assy

2
To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

3
Procedures
1. Move the Y-Bar to the farthest position.

2. Raise the Table to the highest position and then remove it.
Refer to 6.3.3 Table for removing method. 4
3. Remove the Key Panel Assy.
Refer to 6.1.2 Key Panel Assy for removing method.

5
4. Loosen the two fixing screws of the coupling of the worm gear
fixing screws of the coupling
side.

Screws of X motor side is fixed with the Screw 6


adhesive , it cannot be removed.

7
5. Remove the four cap screws that fix the X Motor BKT.

cap screw x4

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > X-axis Motor Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.1 X-axis Motor Assy 1.0

Encoder Connector
L
6. Disconnect the Encoder Connector and relay connector, and
then take out the motor.

Remove the motor, taking care not to drop it.

1
relay connector

*Disassembling shall be up to the status in the left figure.


coupling X Motor

2
As the fixing screw of the coupling to the X motor shaft is
locked, it cannot be removed. Therefore, you cannot remove
the X motor BKT.

Maintenance parts for replacing the X motor is


provided in the Assy indicated in the left figure.

3
X Motor BKT

7. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.1 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Y-axis Motor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.2 Y-axis Motor 1.0

1
Y-axis Motor

2
Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


3

1. Remove the Left Cover .


4
Loosen (Four screws)

2. Disconnect the two relay connectors of the motor.

3. Loosen the four screws specified in the figure.

5
Y-Motor BKT
4. Loosen the belt tension.
1) Press the Y Motor BKT in the direction of the arrow until the

6
belt is well loosened.
2) Tighten the four screws previously loosened.
Tighten securely to prevent the Y Motor BKT from moving
back by spring tension.

Press
7
Two Screws 5. Remove the YM Top BKT.(Do not remove the bearing.)
Screw : P4x10SMW x2

YM Top BKT

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Y-axis Motor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.2 Y-axis Motor 1.0

6. Remove the Y Motor Assy from the Y-Motor BKT.


Two Screws Screw : P4x10SMW x2

7. Loosen a Hexagon Socket Head Screw then remove the pulley 3


from the motor.

4
Pay attention to missing of the screw.

Pulley

5
Hexagon Socket Head Screw

8. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.


Bad
Example: Put the belt on the center of both pulleys in parallel.
6
Belt tilted. (Acceptable on the upper)

Bad

7
Example:
Belt biased to either upper
or lower.

Good
Example:
Put it on the pulley center in
parallel. 8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Table
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.3 Table 1.0

Table

Procedures 3
To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

1. Make a printer the next state. 4


1), Move the Y-Bar to the farthest position.
2), Move the Carriage to the capping position.
3), Raise the Table to the highest position.

2. Turn the main power OFF. 5


Rear Cover-TB 3. Remove the following covers.
Front Cover
Rear Cover-TB (See left figure)
6
Screw two positions
Rear side of machine

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Table
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.3 Table 1.0

Lift straight up 4. Open the Front Cover-TB.(Pull the cover toward you.)

5. Lift and remove the Table.

Hold both sides of the Table and lift it straight up.


If not, the parts specified in the following figure
may be damaged

Front Cover-TB

Table Guide mechanism 2


6. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.3 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Z-Driving Screw
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.4 Z-Driving Screw 1.0

Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

1
Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process.
(Refer to 3.2.1 Replacement of Z-Driving Screw)

Front Cover-Under TB 1. Remove the following covers:


2
Z-Motor-Reinforce Plate
Front Cover-Under TB
(The Front Cover-TB can be kept attached.)

3
Z-Motor-Reinforce Plate

4
Z-Driving Screw Front-Cover-TB

E Ring 2. Remove the E Ring attached to the far side of the Z-Driving
Screw.

Notes for removing E Ring. 5


1. Remove two screws that fix the Z-Driving
Base.
2. Pull the Z-Driving Base.

6
By this, gap is created between the E Ring and Bear-
ing, and this will allow you to remove the E Ring
easily.

Z-Driviing Base E Ring & Bearing

Pull toward you


8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Z-Driving Screw
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.4 Z-Driving Screw 1.0

3. Remove the Z Motor BKT.


The Z Motor and Pulley can be kept attached.

1
Z MotorBKT Z Motor

4. Remove the Z-Driving Screw.


Rotate the Z-Driving Screw counterclockwise until it comes
off. 2

3
Z-Driving Screw

Bearing E Ring
5. Remove the parts shown in the left figure from the Z-Driving
Screw. 4

5
Pulley

Cap screw

6. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.


6
Grease the thread part when attaching a new Z-Driv-
ing Screw.
Grease used: [FLOIL]

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.4 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Slider Relay Cooling Fan Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.5 Slider Relay Cooling Fan Assy 1.0

Slider Relay Cooling Fan Assy


2
Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 3


1. Turn the main power OFF.
CN24

2. Remove the Rear Cover.


4
3. Disconnect the Connecter from the Slider Relay PCB Assy.
[CN24]

5
4. Remove the Slider Relay Coolig Fan Assy.
Screw : CS3x20 x2

6
Slider Relay Cooling Fan Assy

5. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Mist Suction Fan Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.6 Mist Suction Fan Assy 1.0

Mist Suction Fan Assy 2


To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

3
Procedure

Relay connector 1. Turn the main power OFF.

2. Remove the following covers: 4


Front Cover
Upper Cover
Slider PCB Cover

3. Disconnect the relay connector shown in the left figure. 5


Slider PCB

Mist Suction Fan Assy 4. Remove the Mist Suction Fan Assy.

6
Screw : P3x35SMW x4

5. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.


8
When assembling, pass wiring of the fan under the
ink tube and be careful about wiring not coming
out.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.6 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Linear Encorder Scale
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.7 Linear Encorder Scale 1.0

Linear Encoder Scale

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 2

Working Procedure

Scale hook 1. Turn the main power OFF 3


2. Remove the Front Cover.

3. Take the Scale hook off.

4
Remove the spring(Scale SP).

Spring(Scale SP)

4. Remove the attachment on the right side (scale holder R).


5

5. Remove the Scale hook from the Linear Encorder Scale.

7
Remove the screws.
Remove the two screws.

8
6. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

It is sandwiched between plates.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.7 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > X Reducer Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2013.02.07 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.8 X Reducer Assy 1.0

UJF-6042

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

1
Procedures
1. Move the Table Assy. to the lowest position.

2. Turn power off, and remove the Table Assy.


Refer to 6.3.3 Table for removing method.

3. Remove the Front cover TB and Front cover. under TB


3
(P3 x 8SMW screw x 2.)

5
4. Loosen the three screws that showed in left figure.
P3 x 8SMW x2
CS4 x 15SMW x1

P3x8SMW

X Reducer Assy. 7

8
CS4x15SMW

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.8 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > X Reducer Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2013.02.07 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.8 X Reducer Assy 1.0


L
5. Loosen the nut and cap bolt that showed in left figure more
than 5mm.
loosen nut and cap bolt CS4x25
more than 5mm Move the motor toward the ball screw, release tension of X
drive belt.

1
X drive belt

6. Disconnect the cable of motor.


Remove the X Reducer Assy, with 3 screws that showed in left
figure.
2

7. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.


The tension of X drive belt is appropriate, when the length that 4
6.5-7.0mm
showed in left figure is from 6.5 to 7.0mm.

8. After performing the assembly, turn power on, perform check-

5
ing and adjusting the feed adjusting value.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.8 R.1.0 P.2


07.18

Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > X Gear Box
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.07.18 F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.9 X Gear Box 1.0

Use the following procedure for UJF-3042HG.

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

1
Procedures
1. Move the Y-Bar to the farthest position.

2. Down the table to the lowest position and turn the power OFF.

3. Remove the front cover.

4. Remove the LED UV UNIT. 2


Refer to 6.7.1 LED UV UNIT for removing method.

5. Remove the table.

3
Refer to 6.3.3 Table for removing method.

6. Remove the screws (P4x12SMW) fixing the X slider and X


X slider
coupling block.

7. Remove the X joint block from the timing belt. Use a sound
5
wave type belt tension gauge to measure and record the tension
X joint block
of the timing belt.
[Tension gauge setting values]
Unit weight: 1.3g/mm width x m length
Belt width: 20mm
6
Span length: 615mm

Measure the belt tension at the center along the

7
length of the belt.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.9 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > X Gear Box
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.07.18 F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.9 X Gear Box 1.0

8. Pull the Y bar forward, and then remove the back cover under
Back cover TB TB, back cover TB, and PCB cover from the rear of the
machine. (P38SMW: 8 locations)

PCB cover

1
Back cover under TB

2
9. Remove the FFC from the Station III PCB, and remove the
Station III PCB clamp on the FFC.

10. Remove the 4 screws (P4x10SMW) from the base BKT


PCB BKT

3
FFC

4
11. Remove the 2 screws (CS3x40) from the X-T pulley, and
X-T pulley
remove the X-T pulley.

12. Remove the 5 screws (CS3x25) fixing the X gearbox Assy.


6

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.9 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > X Gear Box
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.07.18 F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.9 X Gear Box 1.0

13. Lift the X gearbox Assy, and disconnect the relay connector and
encoder connector connected to the X motor.
Relay connector

Encoder connector

1
X motor

2
14. Remove the X gearbox Assy.
Z slide BKTF When passing the X gearbox Assy below the Z slide BKTF, use
the available space to tilt the X gearbox Assy as needed.

15. Perform steps 1 through 14 in reverse to install the replacement


X gearbox Assy.
4
16. At this time, adjust the tension of the timing belt to the tension
before replacement 10N. (Tightening the adjustment screw on

5
the X-T pulley will increase the tension.)

Measure the belt tension at the center along the


length of the belt.

6
17. Turn the power ON.

18. Use the JOG key to move the Y bar forward/back, to confirm

7
that it moves correctly with no abnormal noise.

19. Perform FEED COMP 2.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.9 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Motor Coupling
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.07.18 F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.10 Motor Coupling 1.0

Use the following procedure for UJF-3042HG.


Applicable scope:
M013772_X gearbox Assy II (UJF-3042HG #791 or later)
The coupling for the previous type, M009998_X gearbox Assy cannot be replaced.

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


1
Procedures
1. Remove the X gear box Assy.
Refer to ( 6.3.9 X Gear Box) for the removal procedure.
2

2. Loosen the clamp bolt on the coupling, and remove the screws
(CS4x8 SMW) on the X motor BKT.
Remove the X motor, X motor BKT, and coupling from the X
4
gearbox Assy.
Coupling

5
Do not remove the clamp bolt from the coupling.

3. Replace the coupling.

7
X motor BKT

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.10 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Driving Parts > Motor Coupling
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.07.18 F/W ver --- Remark

6.3.10 Motor Coupling 1.0

4. Temporarily tighten the screws (CS4x8 SMW) removed in Step


2.
Position the motor on top, and the X gearbox Assy vertically.
Move the coupling back and forth in the direction of the arrows,
Move back and forth and ensure that the coupling moves smoothly.
in the direction of the
arrows.

5. Tighten the screws that were temporarily tightened in the order


shown in the figure below.
1
3 2

X motor 2
1 4

3
6. Press the coupling and worm shaft by hand in the direction of

the arrow, and tighten the screw holding the coupling.

7. Perform Steps 1 through 14 in 6.3.9 X Gear Box" in the


reverse order to install the assembly.
5

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.3.10 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs

6. Disassembly and Reassembly


6.1 6.2 6.3
6
Covers Ink-related Parts Driving Parts
6.4 6.5 6.6
PCBs Sensors Other Electrical Parts
6.7 6.8 7
UV Parts Greasing

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > Power Supply PCB Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.4.1 Power Supply PCB Assy 1.0

Power Supply
1
Assy.

Procedures

Start work after a lapse of 5 minutes from turning the main power OFF; otherwise, high voltage may
cause electric shock.
2
Remove the Power Plug.
Never touch any solders on the back of Power Supply PCB. Residual high voltage may cause electric
shock.

3
Main PCB Assy. 1. Turn off the main power and remove the Power Plug from the
Main body.

2. Pull the Power Supply Chassis from the back.:


The Main PCB should be seen.
Screw : P3x8SMW x2
4
3. Disconnect all the cables and connectors from the Main PCB,
and remove the clamps for cables.
Power supply 2 Power supply 1
4. Pull out the Power Supply Chassis completely. 5
When pulling out the Power Supply Chassis, be
careful not to yank the cables or damage the con-
nectors. Make sure that the above step 3 is per-
formed properly.

5. Disconnect all connectors on PCB.


6
Power supply 1 6. Remove the Power Supply PCB Assy.
Screw : P3x8SMW x7

Power supply 2
8
7. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > Main PCB
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.4.2 Main PCB 1.0

Procedures

A button type lithium battery is used for this board. Warn following 1)~4).
1), Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
2), Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacture.

1
Recommended type : [CR2032]
3), Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
4),When the battery is replaced with a new one, pay attention to the polarity at replacing.
To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.
Remove the Power Plug. Adjacent parts can be at high voltage and it may cause electrical shock.
Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process.
(Refer to 3.3.1 Replacement of Main PCB) 2
1. Turn the main power OFF.

3
2. Remove the Power Plug.

3. Disconnect all connectors on PCB.

4. Remove the Main PCB Assy.


Main PCB Assy. Screws : P3x8SMW x6

6
5. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.

When a used Main PCB is to be discarded, remove

7
the installed battery (CR2032).
Disposal of the used battery according to manufac-
turers instructions

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > 3042 Slider Relay PCB Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.4.3 3042 Slider Relay PCB Assy 1.0

2
3042 Slider Relay PCBAssy.

Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

3
Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process.
(Refer to 3.3.2 HG Slider Relay PCB Assy. Replacement)

3042 Slider Relay PCB Assy.


1. Turn the main power OFF. 4
2. Remove the Rear cover.

3. Disconnect all connectors on PCB.

When the PCB has been replaced, do not forget to


connect the following Connecters.
5
1),3042_Slider Relay Power short Assy (CN1)
2),IPPR3_Cascade short 13 Assy (CN25)

Four screws
4. Remove the 3042 Slider Relay PCB Assy.
Screw : P3x8SMW x4
6
5. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.

Make sure to perform the followings after reassem-


bling.
Restore the parameters backed up in the Main PCB
7
for this board.
1), Turn on the power while holding down the
right and left keys at the same time to enter the
system parameter input mode.
2), Enter "4" in [INITIAL] of the system parame- 8
ter number 56, and then press ENTER key.
3), Restart the machine.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > 3042 Station 3 PCB Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.4.4 3042 Station 3 PCB Assy 1.0

1
Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 2


PCB Cover 1. Move the Y-Bar to the near side.

2. Turn the main power OFF. 3


3. Remome the PCB Cover.
Screw : P3x8SMW x4

4. Disconnect all connectors on PCB. 5


5. Remove the PCB.
Screw : P3x8SMW x4

Installing direction seen from the back


7
of machine

6. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > Slider PCB
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.30 Remark

6.4.5 Slider PCB 1.0

1
Slider PCB Assy.

Procedures 2
To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

1. Turn the main power OFF.


3
Slider PCB Assy

2. Remove the following covers:


Upper Cover
Slider PCB Cover
4
3. Disconnect all connectors on PCB.

4. Remove the Slider PCB Assy..

5
Screw : P3x8SMW x4

5. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.

When attaching the slider board cover, handle it carefully not to damage the head FFC.
6

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > 3042 Pump 3 PCB Assy
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.30 Remark

6.4.6 3042 Pump 3 PCB Assy 1.0

1
3042 Pump 3 PCB Assy

2
Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

3042 Pump 3 PCB Assy 1. Move the Y-Bar to the farthest position.
3
2. Turn the main power OFF.

3. Remove the Rear Cover-Right.

4. Disconnect all connectors on PCB.


4
5. Remove the 3042 Pump 3 PCB Assy..
Screw : P3x6SMW x4

5
6. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.6 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > ID Contact PCB
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.4.7 ID Contact PCB 1.0

Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

Be sure to start the work after confirming the working process.


(Refer to 3.3.3 Replacement of ID Contact PCB) 1
Take care not soil the surroundings.

1. Remove the screw on the ID Contact PCB holder.


2

3
ID Contact PCB holder

2. Pull of the ID Contact PCB holder.


4

6
3. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.7 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > Keyboard PCB
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.4.8 Keyboard PCB 1.0

2
Keyboard PCB Assy.

Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 3


1. Turn the main power OFF.

4
Keyboard PCB Assy.
2. Remove the Key Panel Assy.
Refer to 6.1.2 Key Panel Assy for removing method.

Perform the following process with the removed Station Assy

5
upside down.

Key Panel Assy. (back side)

3. Disconnect all connectors on PCB.


Keyboard PCB Assy.

6
4. Remove the KB Frame.
Screw : P3x8SMW x10

5. Remove the Keyboard PCB Assy


Screw : P3x8SMW x10

KB Frame
7
6. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
Make sure that the Key Tops are oriented properly
and the contacts are free from fatigue.
Make sure that the LCD surface and the inside of
8
the LCD of the nameplate are free from scratches,
dust and dirt or fingerprints.
Tighten the screws in the order shown. After
assembly, press every button and make sure that a
click is felt.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.8 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs > Linear Encoder PCB
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.4.9 Linear Encoder PCB 1.0

2
Linear Encoder PCB Assy.

Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

3
1. Turn the main power OFF.
L-Sensor BKT

2. Remove the following covers:

4
Front Cover
Upper Cover
Head Cover
Slider PCB Cover

5
3. Remove the L-Sensor BKT together with the PCB.

Linear Encoder PCB Assy.

L-Sensor BKT 4. Remove the Linear Encoder PCB Assy..

6
Linear Encoder PCB
Assy.
5. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.

When the encoder is assembled, adjust the up/


down and front/back position of encoder surely
not to contact to the scale.

7
Set to the center as far
as possible.

1~1.5 mm

Encoder Scale Encoder


8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.4.9 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Sensors

6. Disassembly and Reassembly


6.1 6.2 6.3
6
Covers Ink-related Parts Driving Parts
6.4 6.5 6.6

7
PCBs Sensors Other Electrical Parts
6.7 6.8
UV Parts Greasing

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Sensors > X origin sensor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.5.1 X origin sensor 1.0

1
X origin sensor

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 2


Working Procedure

3
1. Turn the main power OFF
PCB Cover
2. Remove the following cover:
PCB Cover
Rear Cover-under TB

Rear cover-Under TB

3. Loosen the fixing of the cable and pull out all connectors from
5
the PCB.

6
4. Remove the PCB BKT.(It is OK if PCB is attached with it.)

PCB BKT
8

X origin Sensor

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.5.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Sensors > X origin sensor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.5.1 X origin sensor 1.0

5. Take the Sensor off.


Remove Fixng screw.
Disconnect the connecter of the sensor.

1
6. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.5.1 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Sensors > Z origin sensor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.5.2 Z origin sensor 1.0

Z origin sensor

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 2

Working Procedure

Z-Motor-Reinforce Plate 1. Remove the Table.


Refer to 6.3.3 Table.
3
2. Turn the main power off.

4
3. Remove the Z-Motor-Reinforce Plate.

6
4. Take the Sensor off.
Remove fixing screw.
Disconnect the connector of the sensor.
7

8
5. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.5.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Sensors > Work area sensor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.5.3 Work area sensor 1.0

Work area sensor Work area sensor


Projection of the light side
1
Light receiving side

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.

2
Working Procedure
1. Turn the main power off.

3
2. Remove the following covers:
Right cover
Left cover
Rear cover
Rear Right cover

4
Disassembly of the Projection of the light side

Work area sensor BKT 3. Loosen the Cable fixing.

5
4. Take the Work area sensor BKT off.

6
Cable fxing

5. Disconnect the connector.


CN8 of the 3042 Pump3 PCB Assy.

7
CN8 3042 Pump3 PCB Assy.

Fixing screw x2 6. Take the sensor off from the Work area sensor BKT.
Fixing screw x2 8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.5.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Sensors > Work area sensor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.5.3 Work area sensor 1.0

Disassembly of the Light receiving side

Work area sensor BKT 7. Loosen the Cable fixing.

8. Take the Work area sensor BKT off.

1
Cable fxing

9. Disconnect the connector.


3042 Slider relay PCB Assy
CN27 of the 3042 Slider relay PCB Assy.
2

CN27
4
Fixing screw x2 10. Take the sensor off from the Work area sensor BKT.
Fixing screw x2

11. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure. 6


After assembling, be sure to adjust the light axis.
Refer to 4.3.5 Work Area Sensor Height
Adjustment
7

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.5.3 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Sensors > Cover sensor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.5.4 Cover sensor 1.0

Cover sensor

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 2


Working Procedure
1. Turn the main power off.
3
2. Remove the Front cover.

3. Take the Micro SW-BKTL off .

4
Micro SW-BKTL

6
Connector Sensor 4. Take the Sensor off.
Disconnect the connector of the sensor.
Remove two fixing screws.
7

Fixing screw
8
5. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.5.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Sensors > Table Cover sensor
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.5.5 Table Cover sensor 1.0

Table Cover sensor


1

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF. 2


Working Procedure

Front Cover TB
1. Turn the main power off.

2. Remove the Following covers.


3
Front Cover Under-TB
Front Cover TB

5
Front Cover Under-TB

Sensor 3. Take the Inter lock BKT off.

6
Fixing screw Inter lock BKT

4. Take the Sensor(Micro Switch) off.


Remove two fixing screws. 7
Disconnect the connector of the sensor.

8
5. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.5.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Other Electrical Parts

6. Disassembly and Reassembly


6.1 6.2 6.3
6
Covers Ink-related Parts Driving Parts
6.4 6.5 6.6

7
PCBs Sensors Other Electrical Parts
6.7 6.8
UV Parts Greasing

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts

6. Disassembly and Reassembly


6.1 6.2 6.3
6
Covers Ink-related Parts Driving Parts
6.4 6.5 6.6

7
PCBs Sensors Other Electrical Parts
6.7 6.8
UV Parts Greasing

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts > LED UV UNIT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.7.1 LED UV UNIT 1.0

1
LED UV UNIT

3
The LED-UV UNIT New Type explained here has no compatibility with the Old Type as indi-
cated below. New Type indicated by this version is the one whose design has been changed in con-
sideration of ease of maintenance and individually replaceable part. Do not divert parts indicated by
this version to the LED-UV UNIT of Old Type.

No connector on the top surface. Connector can be con-

4
nected on the top surface.

5
Old Type New Type

6
When the UVLED PCB is required to be replaced due to illuminance deterioration etc., replace
LEDUV Irradiation Assy of the figure below. Replacement of UVLED PCB only is forbidden
strictly.
After illuminance and operation were checked in the factory, and the one whose performance
could be secured is provided as the maintenance parts. Therefore, it is prohibited to use parts
that were disassembled and assembled in the field again.

8
LEDUV Irradiation Assy

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.7.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts > LED UV UNIT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.7.1 LED UV UNIT 1.0

Procedures

Coupler of Cooling
1. Drain the cooling water completely.
Water Tube x2 Follow the procedure given in
4.2.8 EXCHANGE LED UV

2. Turn the main power OFF.

1
Fixing Screw
3. Remove the following covers:
Front Cover
Upper Cover

4. Disconnect the relay connector and the Two Couplers of Cool-


ing Water Tube.
2
5. Remove the Fixing Screw and take LED UV UNIT off.
Connecter x2

Handle the device carefully not to damage the radiat-

3
ing surface (the bottom surface).

6. Evacuate cooling water remaining in the LED-UV UNIT as


much as possible.
By making the removed LED-UV UNIT upside down, evac-
uate cooling water from its piping.
4
7. Remove the Front Cover and Filter.
Remove the hand screw.

5
Front Cover

Filter
6
Top Cover 8. Remove the Top Cover.
Screw x2

Screw x2
8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.7.1 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts > LED UV UNIT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.7.1 LED UV UNIT 1.0

9. Remove the DRV PCB Cooling Fan Assy.


FAN Connector
CN4 (1) Pull the Connector off. (CN4)
(2) Remove the Fixing screw.
(3) Remove the DRV PCB Cooling Fan Assy by pulling it
upward.

1
DRV PCB Cooling Fan Assy

2
Fixing screw x2

Side Cover-R 10. Remove the Side Cover-R.


Fixing sccrew x2
3

Fixing screw
5

6
11. Remove the Side Cover-L.
LEDUVx2-DRIVE PCB Assy
CN5, CN6 (1) Pull the connecter off.
LEDUVx2-DRIVE PDB Assy CN5, CN6

7
(2) Remove the Fixing screws(x2).

Perform removal and replacement of LEDUVx2-


8
DRIVE PCB Assy in this step.

Side Cover-L

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.7.1 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts > LED UV UNIT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.7.1 LED UV UNIT 1.0

12. Remove the Reflector BKT.


Reflector BKT
Fixing screw x2

13. Remove the Glass Holder and the Glass.

2
Glass
Holder Fixing screw x2

Glass
3
14. Take the Glass cushions out.
Glass cushion x4

Be careful not to lose it.


4

5
This is the end of disassembling.

LED UV Irradiation Assy


It is strictly prohibited to perform maintenance by
disassembling more from the status indicated in
the left figure. 6
The Assy in the left figure is assembled in the
factory. Therefore, to disassemble, assemble and
use parts again in the field may cause problem of

7
heat release defect etc.

15. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly. 8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.7.1 R.1.0 P.4


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts > UV Cooling Unit
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.7.2 UV Cooling Unit 1.0

1
UV Cooling Unit

2
Procedures

To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.


3
1. Drain the cooling water completely.
Follow the procedure given in "4.2.8 EXCHANGE LED UV".

4
2. Power off the machine.

5
3. Disconnect the relay connector of the following Electrical Assy.
Cooling Water Pump Assy.

6
Float Sensor Assy.

4. Disconnect the Two Couplers of Cooling Water Tube.

7
5. Remove the Rear Left Cover.

Rear Left Cover

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.7.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts > UV Cooling Unit
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.7.2 UV Cooling Unit 1.0

6. Disconnect the relay connector of Radiator Fan Assy.

1
7. Remove the two screws.

3
8. Pull out and remove the UV Cooling Unit.

5
9. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.7.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts > Cooling Water Pump
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.7.3 Cooling Water Pump 1.0

Cooling Water Pump

2
To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.
Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.

Procedures

3
1. Drain the cooling water completely.
Follow the procedure given in "4.2.8 EXCHANGE LED UV".

2. Power off the machine.

3. Remove the UV Cooling Unit.


Follow the procedure given in "6.7.2 UV Cooling Unit".
4

5
4. Disconnect the Two Couplers of Cooling Water Tube.

7
5. Perform the assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.7.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > UV Parts > Radiator Fan Assy.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

6.7.4 Radiator Fan Assy. 1.0

Radiator Fan Assy

2
To turn power off, be sure to turn the main power OFF.
Be sure to wear Protective Glasses and Working Gloves during the work operation.

Procedures

UV Cooling Unit
1. Drain the cooling water completely.
Follow the procedure given in
3
4.2.8 EXCHANGE LED UV

2. Turn the main power OFF.

3. Remove the UV Cooling Unit.


Follow the procedure given in
4
6.7.2 UV Cooling Unit

Radiator Fan Assy

4. Remove the Radiator Fan Assy. 5


Screw : P3x30SMW x4

5. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.


7

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 6.7.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Disassembly and Reassembly > Greasing

6. Disassembly and Reassembly


6.1 6.2 6.3
6
Covers Ink-related Parts Driving Parts
6.4 6.5 6.6

7
PCBs Sensors Other Electrical Parts
6.7 6.8
UV Parts Greasing

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions

7. Troubleshooting
7.1 7.2
7
Details on Errors and Malfunctions Detailed Methods of Coping with
the Malfunctions

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > Concerning Errors and Malfunctions
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 / 1.00 Remark

7.1.1 Concerning Errors and Malfunctions 1.0

Outline
This chapter describes the troubleshooting for UJF-3042HG/-6042.

Rough Identification of the Source of the Trouble


At the beginning of troubleshooting, it is necessary to identify roughly which functions the trouble relates to.

1
Problems can be roughly classified into those that relate to the printer itself and those that involve the connection
between the printer and the host computer.

Problems with the printer itself


The cause of the trouble can be identified by executing appropriate functions or using test functions.

Problems concerning the connection to the host computer

2
Hardware: Broken wire or faulty contact of cables
Software: Transmission by improper application setting

In the standard setting of UJF-3042HG/-6042, priority is given to the host computer.


Check the settings on the host computer to see if there is any improper parameter setting.

3
START

Precautions in maintenance 4
Is there error message? Yes Refer to 7.1.2 List of Error Messages.

No
5
Trouble due Yes
to the print quality? Refer to 7.2 Detailed Methods of Coping with the Malfunctions
(Add information sequentially)
No

Rough identification of error source


Execute appropriate functions or use test func-
tions of UJF-3042HG/-6042
6

7
Do the
above functions operate No
normally?

Yes

Troubles on the host computer side

8
If this troubleshooting cannot correct the trouble, check to see if the same trouble occurs with another
host computer (if possible).

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > Concerning Errors and Malfunctions
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver --- Remark

7.1.1 Concerning Errors and Malfunctions 1.0

Checking Procedure
This section describes troubleshooting procedures for the problems for which error messages are displayed.

1. Identifying the error category

The causes of errors can be classified into the following categories:

Handling error on the host computer side


1
Trouble on the host computer side

Trouble with the Interface Cable

2
Printer handling error

Printer mechanical trouble

Printer hardware trouble

Printer firmware trouble

2. Initial action
3
Refer to the error message, and judge whether the trouble lies on the host computer side or on the printer side.

Has any of the interface conditions (printer model setting, command, communication conditions, etc.) been
changed? 4
Does the trouble occur under specific conditions?

Does the same trouble occur repeatedly?

3. Failure on the printer side


5
Take the following steps to repair the printer.

6
Uploading and checking of parameters

Reinstalling of firmware

Checking of FFC and cable connections

Replace the defective part (sensor, etc.) or make the necessary adjustment.

Replace the PCBs. 7


4. Repair at the factory

If the error recurs even after the corrective measures specified here are taken, return the printer to the factory of
MIMAKI for repair.
8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.1 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?1/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 108 Head connection error 1. Check the setting of loading number of the head in the
1 (Head connection can not be confirmed) parameter.
HD CONNECT[12345678]
(System parameter No.41 HEAD NO=3)
ERROR 108 Head thermistor
(Head temperature can not be measured) 2. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
HD THERMIS[12345678] Slider PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.

2
3. Check connection between the Slider PCB from the
Print Head
4. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one.
1
(Refer to 6.4.5)
5. Replace the Print Head with a new one. (Refer to 6.2.1)
ERROR 12e Abnormality of the Print head. 1. Update F/W.

2
Head Faild[xxxx] Abnormality of the Driver of the Print 2. Initialize a parameter.
head. 3. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
(The details of [xxxx] are Slider PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
explained below this 4. Replace the FFC located between the Slider PCB and
3 list.) the SL-Relay PCB.
5. Replace the Print Head with a new one. (Refer to 6.2.1)
6. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.5)
7. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
3
ERROR 122 PRAM size is not sufficient at FW 1. Update F/W.
4 upgrading (fw_updmsg).
CHECK:SDRAM 2. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
ERROR 128 HDC FIFO OVER error 1. Check the parameter.

4
HDC FIFO OVER (Data transmission speed is too fast (Is the scan parameter the default value?)
5 Control PCB trouble) 2. Update F/W.
HDC FIFO OVERRUN is detected at the 3. Check if there is no data error from RIP.
scan slider process (ScanSlider) 4. To make sure, repeat RIP.
ERROR 128 HDC FIFO UNDER error 5. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
HDC FIFO UNDER (Data transmission speed is too slow Main PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
Control PCB trouble)

5
6. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
HDC FIFO UNDERRUN is detected at the SL-Relay PCB and the Slider PCB.
scan slider process (ScanSlider) 7. Replace the FFC located between the Main PCB and
the SL-Relay PCB.
6 8. Replace the FFC located between the SL-Relay PCB
and the Slider PCB.
9. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one.

6
(Refer to 6.4.5)
10. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
11. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
ERROR 129 Battery dead (RTC battery dead is 1. Replace a battery equipped on the Main PCB with new
BATTERY EXCHANGE detected.) one. (CR2032)
Proper information of Printer or Time * The new battery should be the same product or the

7
7
(Dedicated IC) unusable on Printer equivalent.
initializing process (opinit). * Discard the old battery according to the instruction
from the maker.
ERROR 130 Head data transferring sequence error 1. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
HD DATA SEQ Slider PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
2. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
SL-Relay PCB and the Main PCB.

8
3. Replace the FFC located between the Slider PCB and
the SL-Relay PCB.
4. Replace the FFC located between the SL-Relay PCB
8
and the Main PCB.
5. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.5)
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
7. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?2/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 146 Sequential number abnormality of the 1. Initialize a Event log.
9 event log
E-LOG SEQ 2. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
ERROR 151 Main board 1.2V power supply is 1. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
10 abnormal.
Main PCB V1R2

1
ERROR 152 Main board 2.5V power supply is 1. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
11 abnormal.
Main PCB V2R5
ERROR 153 Main board 3.3V power supply is 1. The output voltage check of the Power supply PCB.
12 abnormal.
Main PCB V3R3 2. Replace the Power supply PCB with a new one. (Refer
ERROR 154 Main board 5V power supply is abnormal. to 6.4.1)
13 3. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
Main PCB V05
14
ERROR 155
Main PCB V35-1
Main board 35-1V power supply is
abnormal. 2
ERROR 156 Main board 5VB power supply is
15 abnormal.
Main PCB V5B
ERROR 157 Main board VTT power supply is 1. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
16 abnormal.

3
Main PCB VTT
ERROR 158 Main board 35-2V power supply is 1. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
17 abnormal.
Main PCB V352
ERROR 16e Main board 3.3Va power supply is 1. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
18 abnormal.
Main PCB V3R3B
ERROR 15f COM driver becomes the high 1. Confirm movement of Slider Relay Cooling Fan.

4
HEAD DRIVE HOT temperature. 2. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
Slider PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
3. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
19
4. Replace the FFC located between the Slider PCB and
the SL-Relay PCB
5. Replace the Print Head with a new one. (Refer to 3.1.1)

ERROR 171 New Print Head was recognized.


6. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.5)
It is normal that an error occurs only at the time of the first
5
NEW HEAD CONNECT start after having connected a new head.
It is abnormal that an error occurs at the time of start every
time..

6
20 1. Check connection between the Slider PCB from the
Print Head
2. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.5)
3. Replace the Print Head with a new one. (Refer to
3.1.1)
ERROR 172 The main PCB Q6 is disabled (short mode). 1. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
21 Main PCB Q6 Check (Displayed only at startup in the maintenance
open mode or other than SUPPORT=0.) 7
ERROR 201 Command error 1. Check if the output set of the PC matches the set of the
22 machine side?
COMMAND Other data than commands is received
2. Change the profile.
ERROR 202 Parameter error
3. Check if there is no parameter error?
PARAMETER Parameter out of the numeral value range

8
23 is received 4. Check if there is no trouble on the USB Cable?
5. Replace the USB Cable.
6. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
ERROR 203 Maintenance command 1. Check the PRM file.
Ment Command Operation of a maintenance command fails 2. Check the number of each parameter.
24 * Non-disclosed command (if PRM matches up to the machine.)
Parameter Up/Download and time
setting (LcAeMent [M0xfe])

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?3/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 304 USB initialization error 1. Check if there is no parameter error?
25 (Failures in initializing USB device)
USB INIT ERR 2. Replace the USB Cable.
ERROR 305 USB time-out 3. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
26 USB TIME OUT (Occurrence of time-out error on USB
device)

27
ERROR 401
MOTOR X
X Servo error
(Excessive load to the X-motor)
1. Check if there is no error on the print data.
(Check if the same error occurs on other data?) 1
ERROR 403 X-motor current 2. Check if it moves to the X-direction smoothly in the
(Over current error of X-motor is detected.) power-off condition.
X CURRENT
3. Make sure no torsion on the X-bar or Y-bar.
4. Check if there is no trouble on the Timing Belt.

2
5. Check if there is no trouble on the Motor Cable.
28 (disconnecting, burnout, or the like)
6. Check the FFC between each PCB and Short-
connectors connected on the PCB.
7. Replace the X-axis Motor with a new one.
(Refer to 6.3.1)
Y Servo error 1. Check if there is no error on the print data.

3
ERROR 402
29 (Excessive load to the Y-motor) (Check if the same error occurs on other data?)
MOTOR Y
ERROR 404 Y-motor current 2. Check if it moves to the Y-direction smoothly in the
(Over current error of Y-motor is detected.) power-off condition.
Y CURRENT
3. Check if there is no trouble on the Timing Belt.
4. Check if there is no trouble on the Motor Cable.
30 (disconnecting, burnout, or the like)

4
5. Check the FFC between each PCB and Short-
connectors connected on the PCB.
6. Replace the Y-axis motor with a new one.
(Refer to 6.3.2)
ERROR 420 Z-axis of coordinate is misaligned. 1. Check the weight of a work on the table.
Z POSITION 2. Check the parameters.
3. Check the Tabel mechanism.

31
(including rattling, loosening of screws, or smooth
motion)
4. Check if there is no trouble on the Z Origin Sensor.
5
5. Replace the Z Origin sensor with a new one.
6. Replace the 3042 Station3 PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.4)

6
ERROR 421 Gives warning of filter blot. 1. Perform [MAINTENANCE] -> [STATION MENT:
32 !CHECK FILTER Mist absorption filter CHECK FILTER] and replace the Mist absorption
UV mist filter filter and the UV mist filter.
ERROR 505 The Work Area Sensor detected an Lower the table until this warning disappears.
!WORK High obstacle that can hit the head.
If this warning does not disappear when the table is

7
lowered to the bottom.
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST] -
>[HEIGHT-SES].
2. Readjust the Work Area Sensor.
33 3. Readjust the height of the carriage.
4. Check the Connectors of Work Area Sensor connected
on the PCB
5. Replace the Work Area Sensor with a new one.
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
8
7. Replace the Pump 3 PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.4)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?4/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 509 HDC position counter error 1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST] -
HDC POSCNT >[Y-ORG].(Confirm that the ON/OFF display is
switched by moving the carriage left and right.)
2. [Execute [#TEST]->[CHECK ENCODER].

1
3. Check the assembly of Y-scale, and confirm that there
is neither dirt nor scratch.
4. Check in manual if the Head Assy. (carriage) moves
left and right smoothly.
5. Check the connector connection of Y-origin Sensor
and Linear Encoder.
34 6. Replace the Y-origin Sensor or Linear Encoder with a

2
new one.
7. Check the assembly and connector connection of Y-
axis Motor.
8. Replace the Y-axis Motor with a new one. (Refer to
6.3.2)
9. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)
10. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
11. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
3
ERROR 50a Y-origin error 1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST] -
Y ORIGIN (Origin of Y-axis can not be detected) >[Y-ORG].(Confirm that the ON/OFF display is
switched by moving the carriage left and right.)

4
2. [Execute [#TEST]->[CHECK ENCODER].
3. Check in manual if the Head Assy. (carriage) moves
left and right smoothly.
4. Check the connector connection of Y-origin Sensor
and Linear Encoder.
5. Replace the Y-origin Sensor or Linear Encoder with a
35 new one.
6. Check the assembly and connector connection of Y-
axis Motor. 5
7. Replace the Y-axis Motor with a new one. (Refer to
6.3.2)
8. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)

6
9. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
10. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
ERROR 50f Liner Scale error 1. Check the assembly position of Linear Scale and
L-SCALE BLACK Encoder PCB Assy..
2. Check Linear Scale (scratches or dirtiness or so.)
36
3. Replace the Linear Scale with a new one.
4. Replace the Encoder PCB Assy. with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.9) 7
ERROR 510 X-origin error 1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
X ORIGIN (Origin of X-axis can not be detected) [X-ORG].
2. Check the connection of connector of the X-origin
Sensor.

8
3. Replace the X-origin Sensor with a new one.
37
4. Check the assembly and connector connection of X-
axis Motor..
5. Replace the X-axis Motor with a new one.
(Refer to 6.3.1)
6. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.4


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?5/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 511 Z-origin error 1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
Z ORIGIN (Origin of Z-axis can not be detected) [TBL-ORG].
2. Check the connection of connector of the Z-origin
Sensor.
38 3. Replace the Z-origin Sensor with a new one.
4. Disconnect and connect the connector of the Z-
Motor(Stepping motor).
5. Replace the Station III PCB with a new one.
1
(Refer to 6.4.4)
ERROR 601 Ink near end (A small amount of ink left) (When the message is still displayed even after a new Ink
INK NEAREND Cartridge or an empty Ink Cartridge is charged;)

2
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
[INK NEND1](The number meets the cartridge No.).
2. Check the peripheral and the assembly of the End
Sensor.
3. Check the connection of the Presence Sensor and the
39 Near End Sensor.
4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one

3
5. Replace the Presence/Near End Sensor with a new
one.
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
7. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
ERROR 602 Ink end (No ink left) (If this message appears when a new cartridge or a
cartridge with enough ink is set)

4
INK END
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
[INK NEND1](The number meets the cartridge No.).
2. Check the peripheral and the assembly of the End
Sensor.
3. Check the connection of the Presence Sensor and the
40 End Sensor.

5
4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one.
5. Replace the Presence / Near End Sensor with a new
one.
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
7. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
No cartridge (Cartridge is not installed) (When the message is still displayed even after a Ink

6
ERROR 603
NO CARTRDG Cartridge is charged;)
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
[INK1](The number meets the cartridge No.)..
2. Check the peripheral and the assembly of the Presence
Sensor.
3. Check the connection of the Presence Sensor and the
41

7
End Sensor
4. .Replace the Cartridge with a new one
5. Replace the Presence/Near End Sensor with a new
one.
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
7. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.5


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?6/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 605 Wiper lifetime 1. Execute [FUNCTION MAINTENANCE]-
!CLEANING WIPER (Wiping times exceeding the specified >[STATION]->[MENT:WIPER CLEANING] to clean
number.) the wiper.
1),Wiping times 2. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
(Ink parameter 1 No45 WipeCnt)

42
Wiping time is cleared when the
following is executed: 1
[FUNCTION MAINTENANCE]-
>[STATION]->[MENT:WIPER
EXCHG]
2),Specified number :Wiper life

2
(Ink parameter 2 No58 WIPElmt) x
Wiper replacement level
ERROR 606 The IC chip of the ink cartridge is not read (If this message appears when a correct cartridge is set)
WRONG CARTRIDGE properly. 1. Check the assembly of the ID Contact PCB and the
shape of the contact plate, and execute the cleaning.
2. Check the connection of the ID Contact PCB.
43

3
3. Replace the Cartridge with a new one
4. Replace the ID Contact PCB Assy. with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.3)
5. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
ERROR 607 Warning for cleaning around the cap 1. Clean the cap.
CAP CLEANING (A specified number of flushing on the

4
cap exceeded.) (If this message appears after cleaning the cap)
2. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
1),Capcleaning counter
(Ink parameter 1 No04 CapClean)
Counter is cleared when the following
44 is executed:

5
[FUNCTION MAINTENANCE]-
>[STATION]->[MENT:CARRIAGE
OUT]
2),Specified number of the Capcleaning :
warning level
100x2^(Ink parameter 2 No.66
Cap.LM -1)
ERROR 608
CARTRIDGE
Ink is tried to fill with unusable cartridge 1. Check the type of the ink cartridge.
installed. 6
Execute the followings if the type of the ink cartridge is
correct.
2. Check the assembly of the ID Contact PCB and the
shape of the contact plate, and execute the cleaning.
45

7
3. Check the connection of the ID Contact PCB.
4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one
5. Replace the ID Contact PCB Assy. with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.3)
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
Wiper bottle warning 1. Select [FUNCTION MAINTENANCE]->[STATION]-

8
ERROR 60b
WIPER BOTTLE A great deal of ink is in the Wiper Bottle. >[MENT:WIPER BOTTLE] and dispose of ink in the
Wiper Bottle.
Displayed when the Wiper Nozzle
Suction Pump exceeds the 2,500 times
46 [Fixed].

Wiper Pump suction times:


Ink parameter 1 No47 [Wipe Pump ]

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.6


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?7/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 60c Type of inserted Ink Cartridge is different. 1. Check the type of the ink cartridge.
INK TYPE
Execute the followings if the type of the ink cartridge is
correct.
2. Check the assembly of the ID Contact PCB and the
47
shape of the contact plate, and execute the cleaning.
3. Check the connection of the ID Contact PCB. 1
4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one
5. Replace the ID Contact PCB Assy. with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.3)
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.

2
(Refer to 3.3.2)
ERROR 60d Remaining ink is not enough to execute Replace the Cartridge with a new one
48 cleaning or to fill ink.
REMAIN INK
ERROR 60e Ink is not filled into some heads. Fill ink into unfilled heads.
49
NOT COMPLETE FUP
ERROR 60f Some ink cartridges are expired. 1. Check the expiration date of the ink.

3
Expiration (If this message appears when a correct cartridge is set)
2. Check the assembly of the ID Contact PCB and the
shape of the contact plate, and execute the cleaning.
3. Check the connection of the ID Contact PCB.
50
4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one.
5. Replace the ID Contact PCB Assy. with a new one.

4
(Refer to 3.3.3)
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
ERROR 610 Ink is not filled into all the heads. Fill ink to all the heads.
51
NOT FILLUP
ERROR 611 "CASE WEIGHT" of 600ml cartridge is not Set "CASE WEIGHT" for "600ml CARTRIDGE" of
52
set. "MACHINE SET".

5
Case Weight
ERROR 612 Remaining amount of ink became less. Enter the cartridge weight from "CART WEIGHT" menu of
53
INK LVL LOW "SET UP".
ERROR 613 Remaining amount of ink became none. If ink remains, enter the cartridge weight from "CART
54 INK LVL END WEIGHT" menu of "SET UP".
If ink does not remain, replace it with a new cartridge.

6
ERROR 614 Remaining amount of ink was failed to be 1. Pull the cartridge out and then insert it to write it again.
55
Preservation Failure written. 2. If the error cannot be solved, replace it with a new cartridge.
ERROR 615 The cartridge weight was not entered. Enter the cartridge weight.
56
Cartridge Weight
ERROR 702 Defective of the thermistor (disconnection 1. Check each thermistor.
57 or short)
THERMISTOR 2. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
ERROR 705
WATER LACK
Water in the cooling water buffer tank is
low.
1. Check amount of water in the cooling water buffer
tank, and replace the Nonfreezing fluid mixture water
if lacking.
7
2. If water decreases quickly, check water leakage from
the cooling water path (a tube or a radiator).
Execute [#TEST SENSOR TEST]->[CoolFloat] to
58 check the sensor operation.
3. Check the assembly of the Float Sensor and the
connector connection.
4. Replace the Float Sensor and the Cable with a new
8
one.
5. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.7


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?8/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 706 Temperature in the UV unit is above its 1. Check connection and operation of the radiator fan and
UV UNIT OVER HEAT specification. the UV unit fan.
2. Check the operation of the water cooling pump.
3. Check water level of the cooling water buffer tank and
a path of the cooling water.

59
4. Check the connection of connector of the LED UV
UNIT Assy and the Slider PCB.
5. Replace the LED UV UNIT Assy with a new one.
1
(Refer to 6.7.1)
6. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)
7. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.

ERROR 707 Is the heater of the head disconnected?


(Refer to 3.3.2)
1. Check the room temperature is not too low. 2
!HD HEATER BRK (The temperature does not rise after 2. Replace the Print Head with a new one. (Refer to 3.1.1)
60
heating for over a certain period of time.) 3. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)
ERROR 708 The thermistor in the UV unit 1. Check the connection of connector of the LED UV

3
UV THERMISTOR BRK (Temperature sensor) is disconnected. UNIT Assy and the Slider PCB.
2. Replace the LED UV UNIT Assy with a new one.
61
(Refer to 6.7.1)
3. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)
ERROR 70a The LED UV unit has been broken. 1. Replace the LEDUVx2-DRIVE PDB Assy with a new
one. (Refer to 6.7.1)

4
62 LED UV CURRENT Or, the detected current is abnormal.
2. Replace the LEDUV Irradiation Assy with a new one.
(Refer to 6.7.1)
ERROR 901 The operation panel is incorrectly Explain a user the operation method.
OPERATION operated. (Carry out the followings if the error still occurs)
(Example: Test drawing was executed 1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[KEYBOARD].
without ink filled.) (Check that there is no hang-up nor subduction on Key

5
Tops at the same time.)
2. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
63 Keyboard PCB and the Main PCB.
3. Replace the Keyboard FFC
(Keyboard PCB ~ the Main PCB).
4. Replace the Keyboard PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.8)

ERROR 902 Drawing data is remaining.


5. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
(Carry out the followings if the error still occurs when
data is cleared.)
6
DATA REMAIN
1. Check errors in the parameter.
64 2. Remove USB cable from the printer and execute data
clear. -> If solved, it is a problem on USB cable or PC.

7
3. Replace the USB Cable with a new one.
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
ERROR 90d Loaded number of the head is assumed Check the setting of loading number of the head in the
65 NO HEAD SELECT zero. parameter.
(System parameter No.41 HEAD NO=3)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.8


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

List of Error Messages ?9/9?


No. LCD Cause List of Countermeasures
ERROR 04 Access Error of the PARAMETER ROM (If PCB SLRY is displayed for a few seconds while a
PARAM ROM 1.The state that cannot access ROM version is displayed at startup before displaying errors)
on the SL-Relay PCB. 1. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
SL-Relay PCB and the Main PCB.
2.The state that cannot access
2. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the

1
EEPROM on the HEAD2.
Slider PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
3. Replace the FFC located between the SL-Relay PCB
and the Main PCB.
4. Replace the FFC located between the Slider PCB and
the SL-Relay PCB.
66 5. Replace the SL-Relay PCB.
6. Replace the Slider PCB.
7. Replace the Main PCB.
2
( If "Area:_H__" is displayed on the second line without
"PCB SLRY" displayed at startup by pressing [FUNC]
key while an error is displayed.)
1. Disconnect and connect the FFC of the HEAD2.
2. Replace the Slider PCB.
3
3. Replace the HEAD2.

Details of ERROR 12e Head Failed [xxxx]

The relationships between [xxxx] (hexadecimal numeral) bit No. and the error contents are as below: 4
bit Hexadecimal Reason for error occurrence Cause for occurrence
numeral indi-
cation
bit0 [0001] Abnormal detection status of head signal (MN signal)
(Slider PCB)
1. Failure of head
2. Failure of Slider PCB 5
bit1 [0002] COM-OFF signal output status 1. FFC breakage between SL-Relay PCB and
(Slider PCB) Slider PCB
2. Failure of head
3. Failure of Slider PCB
bit2 [0004] 35V-1 Power supply voltage drop detection
(Slider PCB)
1. FFC breakage between SL-Relay PCB and
Slider PCB 6
2. Failure of Slider PCB
3. Failure of SL-Relay PCB
bit3 [0008] Driving wave shape circuit Current limit over 1. Failure of SL-Relay PCB
(SL-Relay PCB) (F2 blowout, COM circuit failure, etc.)
2. Failure of Slider PCB
3. Failure of head
However, when bit6 or bit7 is 1 and an error
7
([3F88] or [3FC8] etc.) has occurred at startup,
that error cause has priority.
bit4 [0010] COM-OFF signal input status 1. FFC breakage between SL-Relay PCB and
Slider PCB

8
(SL-Relay PCB)
2. Failure of head
3. Failure of Slider PCB
bit5 Not Use
bit6 [0040] 37V of SL-Relay PCB is not normal. 1. Failure of SL-Relay PCB
(Displayed only at startup.)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.9


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Error Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.2 List of Error Messages 1.0

bit Hexadecimal Reason for error occurrence Cause for occurrence


numeral indi-
cation
bit7 [0080] 37V voltage of the Slider PCB does not come. 1. F2 blowout of the SL-Relay PCB.
(displayed only at startup) 2. FFC breakage between SL-Relay PCB and
Slider PCB
3. Failure of Slider PCB

1
4. Failure of SL-Relay PCB
bit8 [0100] Wave shape driver circuit for head 1 Short check NG 1. FFC breakage between SL-Relay PCB and
Slider PCB
bit9 [0200] Wave shape driver circuit for head 2 Short check NG
2. Failure of Slider PCB
bit10 [0400] Wave shape driver circuit for head 3 Short check NG 3. Failure of SL-Relay PCB
bit11 [0800] Wave shape driver circuit for head 4 Short check NG 4. Failure of head

2
bit12 [1000] Wave shape driver circuit for head 5 Short check NG
*)If 37V power supply route also has a problem,
bit13 [2000] Wave shape driver circuit for head 6 Short check NG an error may occur.
bit14 [4000] Wave shape driver circuit for head 7 Short check NG Refer to bit6 and bit7 error.
bit15 [8000] Wave shape driver circuit for head 8 Short check NG

Error display example)

If the F2 fuse of the slider PCB has been blown, "Head Failed [3F88]" is displayed at startup, and then "Head
3
Failed [0008]" is also displayed.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.2 R.1.0 P.10


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Warning Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.3 List of Warning Messages 1.0

List of Warning Messages ?1/2?


No. Message Cause Corrective Measures
1 <LOCAL> NO CARTRDG No cartridge (Cartridge is not (When the message is still displayed even after a Ink Cartridge is
MCYKWR installed) charged;)
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
[INK1](The number meets the cartridge No.).

1
2. Check the peripheral and the assembly of the Presence Sensor.
3. Check the connection of the Presence Sensor and the End Sensor
4. .Replace the Cartridge with a new one
5. Replace the Presence/Near End Sensor with a new one.
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
7. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
2 <LOCAL> INK NEAREND Ink near end (A small amount (When the message is still displayed even after a new Ink Cartridge or an
MCYKWR of ink left) empty Ink Cartridge is charged;) 2
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
[INK NEND1](The number meets the cartridge No.).
2. Check the peripheral and the assembly of the End Sensor.
3. Check the connection of the Presence Sensor and the Near End

3
Sensor.
4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one
5. Replace the Presence/Near End Sensor with a new one.
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
7. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)

4
3 <LOCAL> INK END Ink end (No ink left) (If this message appears when a new cartridge or a cartridge with
MCYKWR enough ink is set)
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
[INK NEND1](The number meets the cartridge No.).
2. Check the peripheral and the assembly of the End Sensor.
3. Check the connection of the Presence Sensor and the End Sensor.
4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one.
5. Replace the Presence / Near End Sensor with a new one.
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one. 5
(Refer to 3.3.2)
7. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
4 <LOCAL> Expiration Some ink cartridges are 1. 1. Check the expiration date of the ink.
MCYKWR expired.

6
(If this message appears when a correct cartridge is set)
2. Check the assembly of the ID Contact PCB and the shape of the
contact plate, and execute the cleaning.
3. Check the connection of the ID Contact PCB.
4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one.
5. Replace the ID Contact PCB Assy. with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.3)

7
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
5 <LOCAL> INK TYPE Type of inserted Ink Cartridge 1. Check the type of the ink cartridge.
MCYKWR is different.
6 <LOCAL> ColorofINK The color of Ink Cartridge Execute the followings if the type of the ink cartridge is correct.
MCYKWR inserted is different from the 2. Check the assembly of the ID Contact PCB and the shape of the
contact plate, and execute the cleaning.

8
color to be set.
7 <LOCAL> NON-ORIGNL Non-MIMAKI genuine Ink 3. Check the connection of the ID Contact PCB.
MCYKWR Cartridge charged 4. Replace the Cartridge with a new one
5. Replace the ID Contact PCB Assy. with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.3)
8 <LOCAL> WRONG INK IC IC chip of Ink Cartridge
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
MCYKWR unreadable properly
(Refer to 3.3.2)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of Warning Messages
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.3 List of Warning Messages 1.0

List of Warning Messages ?2/2?


No. Message Cause Corrective Measures
9 <LOCAL> The Work Area Sensor Lower the table until this warning disappears.
!WORK High detected an obstacle that can
hit the head. If this warning does not disappear when the table is lowered to the
bottom.

1
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST] ->[HEIGHT-
SES].
2. Readjust the Work Area Sensor.
3. Readjust the height of the carriage.
4. Check the Connectors of Work Area Sensor connected on the PCB
5. Replace the Work Area Sensor with a new one.

2
6. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
7. Replace the Pump 3 PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.6)
10 <LOCAL> Water in the cooling water 1. Check amount of water in the cooling water buffer tank, and replace
WATER LACK buffer tank is low. the Nonfreezing fluid mixture water if lacking.

3
2. If water decreases quickly, check water leakage from the cooling
water path (a tube or a radiator).
Execute [#TEST SENSOR TEST]->[CoolFloat] to check the sensor
operation.
3. Check the assembly of the Float Sensor and the connector
connection.
4. Replace the Float Sensor and the Cable with a new one.
5. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2) 4
11 <LOCAL> A great deal of ink is in the 1. Check the Wast ink tank.
!WS INKTANK CHK Wast ink tank 2. Select [FUNCTION MAINTENANCE]->[STATION]-
>[MENT:WASTE TANK] and dispose of ink in the Wast ink tank.

5
12 <LOCAL> A great deal of ink is in the 1. Check the Wiper Bottle.
WIPER BOTTLE Wiper Bottle. 2. Select [FUNCTION MAINTENANCE]->[STATION]-
>[MENT:WIPER BOTTLE] and dispose of ink in the Wiper Bot-
tle.
13 <LOCAL> Wiping times exceeding the 1. Execute [FUNCTION MAINTENANCE]->[STATION]-
CLEANING WIPER specified number. >[MENT:WIPER CLEANING] to clean the wiper.

6
14 <LOCAL> A filter may be stained. 1. Check the filter.
!CHECK FILTER
1. Execute [FUNCTION MAINTENANCE]->[STATION]-
>[MENT:CHECK FILTER] to replace the filter..
15 <LOCAL> Warning for cleaning around cap 1. Execute [STATION] -> [MENT: CARRIAGE OUT] to clean the cap.
CAP CLEANING (Flushing times on the cap
exceeded the specified

16 <LOCAL>
number.)
[CASE WEIGHT] of 600ml 1. Set [CASE WEIGHT] from [MACHINE SET] -> [600ml CARTRIDGE]. 7
Case Weight CARTRIDGE was not set.
17 <LOCAL> The remaining amount of ink 1. Enter the cartridge weight from [CART WEIGHT] menu of [SET UP].
INK LVL LOW became less.

8
18 <LOCAL> Remaining amount of ink became If ink remains, enter the cartridge weight from "CART WEIGHT" menu of
INK LVL END none. "SET UP".
If ink does not remain, replace it with a new cartridge.
19 <LOCAL> 1. Check the illuminance of the LED UV lamp. If it is less than the specified
!CHECK LED UV LEVEL value, replace the lamp.
20 <LOCAL> Remaining amount of ink was 1. Pull the cartridge out and then insert it to write it again.
Preservation Failure failed to be written. 2. If the error cannot be solved, replace it with a new cartridge.
21 <LOCAL> The cartridge weight was not 1. Enter the cartridge weight.
Cartridge Weight entered.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.3 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of SYSTEM HALT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.4 List of SYSTEM HALT 1.0

List of SYSTEM HALT ?1/7?


No. LCD Cause Corrective Measures
SYSTEM HALT (*) 35 V Power recovery error 1. Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one. (Refer
1 104 : +35V RECVR to 6.4.1)
2. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) F-ROM CLEAR error (F-ROM clear unable) 1. Execute the memory check (F-ROM) of [#TEST].

1
10e :FROM CLEAR F-ROM is not clearable on Parameter 2. Upload the parameter and initialize all parameters with
2
writing, FW down loading and Log clearing. [#PARAMETER].
(fls_secclr) 3. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) FROM WRITE error (F-ROM writing 1. Execute the memory check (F-ROM) of [#TEST].
10f : FROM WRITE unable) 2. Upload the parameter and initialize all parameters with
3 F-ROM is not clearable on Parameter [#PARAMETER].

2
writing, FW down loading and Log clearing. 3. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
(fls_secclr)
SYSTEM HALT (*) No Keyboard PCB 1. Check the connections between the Keyboard PCB and
110 : PCB KEY the Main PCB and then disconnect and connect the
FFCs.
4 2. Replace the FFCs of the above routes.
3. Replace the Keyboard PCB with a new one.

SYSTEM HALT (*) No Pump III PCB


4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
1. Check the connections between the Pump PCB and the 3
114 : PCB PUMP Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect the FFCs .
2. Replace the FFCs of the above routes.
3. Replace the Pump III PCB with a new one.
5
(Refer to 6.4.6)
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
5. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
4
SYSTEM HALT (*) Main PCB fuse (F1) disconnected. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
6
115 : PCB MAIN-F1
SYSTEM HALT (*) Main PCB fuse (F2) disconnected. Before Main PCB replace, do the following checks.

5
7 1. Check the connections between the SL-Relay PCB
116 : PCB MAIN-F2
SYSTEM HALT (*) Main PCB fuse (F3) disconnected. and the Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect
8 the FFCs or the like.
117 : PCB MAIN-F3 .
SYSTEM HALT (*) Main PCB fuse (F4) disconnected. 2. Check short between 1 pin and 12 pin, and between 3
12d : PCB MAIN-F4 pin and 12 pin of CN6 of the SL-Relay PCB.
(If shorted out, replace also the SL-Relay PCB.)

9
3. Check the connections between the SL-Relay PCB
and the Slider PCB and then disconnect and connect
the FFCs or the like.
6
4. Check short between 1 pin and 16 pin, and between 3
pin and 16 pin of CN1 of the Slider PCB.
(If shorted out, replace also the Slider PCB.)

10
SYSTEM HALT (*)
13e : PCB STATION-F1
Station PCB fuse (F1) disconnected. 1. Replace the Station III PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.4) 7
SYSTEM HALT (*) Station PCB fuse (F2) disconnected.
11
13f : PCB STATION-F2
SYSTEM HALT (*) Station PCB fuse (F3) disconnected.
12
140 : PCB STATION-F3
SYSTEM HALT (*)
147 : DS-IC BUSY
DALLAS IC BUSY error 1. Check connection of the ID Contact PCB connection
cable and damage of the cable. 8
2. Try to use a different cartridge.
13 3. Replace the ID Contact PCB Assy. with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.3)
4. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
SYSTEM HALT (*) Slider PCB fuse (F1) disconnected 1. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
14
159 : PCB SLDR-F1 6.4.5)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of SYSTEM HALT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.4 List of SYSTEM HALT 1.0

List of SYSTEM HALT ?2/7?


No. LCD Cause Corrective Measures
SYSTEM HALT (*) No Station III PCB 1. Check the connections between the Station III PCB
15a : PCB STA3 and the Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect
the FFCs.
15 2. Replace the FFCs of the above routes.
3. Replace the Station III PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.4)
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1) 1
SYSTEM HALT (*) 30pinFPC1 of Main PCB connect error 1. Check the connections between the SL-Relay PCB and
15a : MAIN FPC-1 the Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect the
FFCs.
16 2. Replace the FFCs of the above routes.

2
3. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) Main PCB fuse (F5) disconnected. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
17
160 : PCB MAIN-F5
SYSTEM HALT (*) Main PCB fuse (F6) disconnected. Before Main PCB replace, do the following checks.

3
161 : PCB MAIN-F6 1. Check the connections between the Station III PCB
and the Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect
the FFCs.
18 2. Check short between 1 pin and 4 pin of CN1, and
between 1 pin and 9 pin of CN11 of the Station III
PCB.
(If shorted out, replace also the Station III PCB.)

19
SYSTEM HALT (*)
11d : PCB SLRY-F1
SL-Relay PCB fuse (F1) disconnected. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2) 4
SYSTEM HALT (*) SL-Relay PCB fuse (F2) disconnected.
13c : PCB SLRY-F2 Before SL-Relay PCB replace, do the following checks.
1. Check the connections between the Slider PCB and the
SL-Relay PCB, and then disconnect and connect the

5
20 FFCs.
2. Check short between 1 pin and 4 pin of CN1, and
between 1 pin and 9 pin of CN11 of the Slider PCB.
(If shorted out, replace also the Slider PCB.)
SYSTEM HALT (*) SL-Relay PCB fuse (F3) disconnected. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
21
13d : PCB SLRY-F3 (Refer to 3.3.2)
SYSTEM HALT (*)
149 : PCB SLRY-F4
SL-Relay PCB fuse (F4) disconnected.
Before SL-Relay PCB replace, do the following checks.
1. Check the connections between the Pump III PCB and
6
the SL-Relay PCB, and then disconnect and connect
22 the FFCs.
2. Check short between 1 pin and 4 pin of CN1, and
between 1 pin and 9 pin of CN6 of the Pump III PCB.

23
SYSTEM HALT (*) Initialization error of the SL-Relay PCB
(If shorted out, replace also the Pump III PCB.)
1. Check the connections between the SL-Relay PCB and
7
10b : PCB SLRY-F3 (FPGA) the Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect the
SYSTEM HALT (*) No SL-Relay PCB. FFCs or the like.
11e : PCB SLRY-F4 2. Replace the FFCs of the above routes.
24 3. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1) 8

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.4 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of SYSTEM HALT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.4 List of SYSTEM HALT 1.0

List of SYSTEM HALT ?3/7?


No. LCD Cause Corrective Measures
SYSTEM HALT (*) No Slider PCB. 1. Check the connections between the SL-Relay PCB and
25 the Slider PCB, and then disconnect and connect the
11f : PCB SLIDER
SYSTEM HALT (*) Initialization error of the Slider PCB FFCs or the like.
10a : HDC INIT (FPGA) 2. Check the connections between the SL-Relay PCB and
the Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect the

1
FFCs or the like.
3. Replace the FFCs and the cabeles of the above routes.
26 4. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)
5. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)

2
6. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) LCD thermistor IC RW error 1. Check the connections between the Keyboard PCB and
120 : LCD THERM. the Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect the
FFCs.
2. Replace the FFCs and the cabeles of the above routes.
27
3. Replace the Keyboard PCB with a new one.

3
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
5. Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) No PRAM 1. Update F/W.
28
122 : PRAM NONE 2. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) PRAM data error
29

4
123 : PRAM DATA
SYSTEM HALT (*) PRAM address error
30
124 : PRAM ADDR
SYSTEM HALT (*) EEPROM read trouble 1. Update F/W.
31
125 : EEPROM READ 2. Upload the parameter and initialize parameter with
SYSTEM HALT (*) EEPROM write trouble #PARAMETER.

5
126 : EEPROM WR 3. Check the connection state between Main PCB ~ SL-
Relay PCB.
32
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
5. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
SYSTEM HALT (*) Power OFF detection error (Not to OFF) 1. Check the connection state between sub-power SW and
127 : POWER OFF Power OFF process is conducted in the Keyboard PCB.
Power ON/OFF control without pushing
down the sub-power SW.
2. Check the connections between the Keyboard PCB and
the Main PCB, and then disconnect and connect the
FFCs.
6
3. Check the connector connection of Power Supply PCB.
4. Check if there is no error on the power path from the
AC Inlet.

7
5. Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.
33 ((Refer to 6.4.1) )
6. Replace the Keyboard PCB with a new one.
7. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
8. Replace the Station III PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.4)

8
9. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
10. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.4 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of SYSTEM HALT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.4 List of SYSTEM HALT 1.0

List of SYSTEM HALT ?4/7?


No. LCD Cause Corrective Measures
SYSTEM HALT (*) No Driver PCB of LED UV UNIT? 1. Check the connections between the Slider PCB and
170 : PCB UVLEDDRV the LED UV Unit, and then disconnect and connect
the cables.
2. Replace the FFC and the cabele located between the

1
Slider PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
34 3. Replace the cabele located between the Slider PCB
and the LED UV Unit.
4. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
5. Replace the LED UV UNIT Assy with a new one.

2
(Refer to 6.7.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) Main PCB Ethernet IC trouble 1. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
35
303 : PCB MAIN ET
SYSTEM HALT (*) Wiper origin undetectable 1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST] ->
406 : WIPER ORG [WIPER-ORG]. (Confirm that the ON/OFF display is
switched by moving the wiper back and forth.)
2. Check that the wiper moves back and forth smoothly in
manual.
3. Check the assembly and connector connection of Wiper 3
Origin Sensor.
4. Check the connector connection of Y-origin Sensor
5. Check the connections between the Pump III PCB and
the SL-Relay PCB, and then disconnect and connect
36

4
the FFCs.
6. Replace the Wiper Back/Forth Origin Sensor with a
new one.
7. Replace the Wiper Motor with a new one.
8. Replace the FFC located between the Pump III PCB
and the SL-Relay PCB.

5
9. Replace the Pump III PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.6)
10. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
SYSTEM HALT (*) DC motor is driving without excited 1. Update F/W.
40b : UN MAGNETIC 2. Upload the parameter and initialize parameter with
37
#PARAMETER.

SYSTEM HALT (*) Y Origin Sensor error


3. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST] -> 6
502 : Y ORGIN [Y-ORG]. (Confirm that the ON/OFF display is
switched by moving the carriage left and right.)
2. Check in manual if the carriage moves left and right
smoothly.

7
3. Check the connector connection of Y-origin Sensor
and then disconnect and connect the cabel.
4. Replace the Y Origin Sensor with a new one.
38 5. Check if there is no trouble on theY Motor Cable.
(disconnecting, burnout, or the like)
6. Replace the Y-axis motor with a new one.

8
(Refer to 6.3.2)
7. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)
8. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
9. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.4 R.1.0 P.4


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of SYSTEM HALT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.4 List of SYSTEM HALT 1.0

List of SYSTEM HALT ?5/7?


No. LCD Cause Corrective Measures
SYSTEM HALT (*) HDC position counter error 1. [Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST] -
509 : HDC POSCNT >[Y-ORG].(Confirm that the ON/OFF display is
switched by moving the carriage left and right.)
2. [Execute [#TEST]->[CHECK ENCODER].

1
3. Check the assembly of Y-scale, and confirm that there
is neither dirt nor scratch.
4. Check in manual if the Head Assy. (carriage) moves
left and right smoothly.
5. Check the connector connection of Y-origin Sensor
and Linear Encoder.
39 6. Replace the Y-origin Sensor or Linear Encoder with a

2
new one.
7. Check the assembly and connector connection of Y-
axis Motor.
8. Replace the Y-axis Motor with a new one. (Refer to
6.3.2)
9. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)
10. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
11. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
3
SYSTEM HALT (*) X-origin error 1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
510 : X ORGIN (Origin of X-axis can not be detected) [X-ORG].
2. Check the connection of connector of the X-origin

4
Sensor.
3. Replace the X-origin Sensor with a new one.
40
4. Check the assembly and connector connection of X-
axis Motor..
5. Replace the X-axis Motor with a new one.
(Refer to 6.3.1 )
6. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*)
511 : Z ORGIN
Z-origin error
(Origin of Z-axis can not be detected)
1. Execute and confirm [#TEST]->[SENSOR TEST]->
[TBL-ORG].
2. Check the connection of connector of the Z-origin
5
Sensor.
41 3. Replace the Z-origin Sensor with a new one.
4. Disconnect and connect the connector of the Z-

6
Motor(Stepping motor).
5. Replace the Station III PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.4 )
SYSTEM HALT (*) System error 1. Check the peripheral temperature of Main PCB, and
42
801 : (C)OPCODE (CPU exception: OP code error) then check if the error is caused by the thermo runaway
SYSTEM HALT (*) System error of CPU.
43 2. Make sure that there is no device generating strong
(CPU exception: Slot instruction error)

7
802 : (C)SLOT
radio wave in the vicinity.
SYSTEM HALT (*) System error
44 3. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
803 : (C)CPU ADDR (CPU exception: CPU address error)
4. Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.
SYSTEM HALT (*) System error (Refer to 6.4.1)
45
804 : (C)DMA ADDR (CPU exception: DMA address error)
SYSTEM HALT (*) System error
46

8
805 : (C)ZERO DIV (CPU exception: Division by 0)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.4 R.1.0 P.5


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of SYSTEM HALT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.4 List of SYSTEM HALT 1.0

List of SYSTEM HALT ?6/7?


No. LCD Cause Corrective Measures
SYSTEM HALT (*) Connection check error of FPC cable between 1. Check whether FPC cable connection connector of the
47
11b : SLDR FPC L SL-Relay PCB and Slider PCB Slider PCB (CN2, 4, 6) and the SL-Relay PCB (CN3, 7, 8)
SYSTEM HALT (*) is proper.
11c : SLDR FPC H 2. Disconnect and connect the FFC and Twist pair Cable
located between the Slider PCB and the SL-Relay
PCB.
3. Disconnect and connect the FFC and Twist pair Cable 1
located between the Main PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
4. Replace the FFC(or Twist pair Cable) located
48 between the Slider PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
5. Replace the FFC(or Twist pair Cable) located between

2
the Main PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
6. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)
7. Replace the SL-Relay PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 3.3.2)
8. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)

3
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 1. Update F/W.
49
806 : FW/SIO bit (Serial control F/W error (bit control)) 2. Check and clear the parameter.
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 3. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
50 Main PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
807 : FW/SIO wbsy (Serial control F/W error (WR BUSY))
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 4. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
51 Main PCB and the Station III PCB.
808 : FW/STP-MTR (Step Motor stop waiting)

4
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 5. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
SL-Relay PCB and the Slider PCB.
52 809 : FW/XY param (XY-axis Motor resolution conversion
parameter error) 6. Replace the FFC located between the Main PCB and
the SL-Relay PCB.
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
53 7. Replace the FFC located between the Main PCB and
80a : FW/Y RANGE (Y movable range error) the Station III PCB.
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 8. Replace the FFC located between the SL-Relay PCB
54

5
80b : FW/ctrltsk (Motor control task error) and the Slider PCB.
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 9. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
55 80c : FW/PUMP W (Suction Pump stop waiting time over at
capping)
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
56
80d : FW/SERVO IT (Servo interruption error)

6
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
57
80e : FW/FROM prm (FROM PARAM error (F/W BUG))
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
58
80f : FW/SIO vch (Virtual serial CH setting error)
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
59
810 : FW/KEY RDI (No keyboard RDI)

60
SYSTEM HALT (*)
811 : FW/SIO read
FW error
(Serial control F/W error (RD BUSY)) 7
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
61
812 : FW/CRTRG NO (Cartridge number error)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.4 R.1.0 P.6


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > List of SYSTEM HALT
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.4 List of SYSTEM HALT 1.0

List of SYSTEM HALT ?7/7?


No. LCD Cause Corrective Measures
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 1. Update F/W.
62
813 : FW/WIPER RN (Wiper operation range error) 2. Check and clear the parameter.
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 3. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
63 Main PCB and the SL-Relay PCB.
814 : FW/drivinfm (drivinfm() information obtaining error
4. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the

1
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
64 Main PCB and the Station III PCB.
815 : FW/SIO rsrc (Serial control F/W error (material control))
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error 5. Disconnect and connect the FFC located between the
65 SL-Relay PCB and the Slider PCB.
816 : FW/FROM WRC (FROM write control error)
6. Replace the FFC located between the Main PCB and
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error the SL-Relay PCB.
66
817 : FW/SaveArea (Save area error (size over))
7. Replace the FFC located between the Main PCB and

2
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error the Station III PCB.
67
818 : FW/EEP SIZE (EEPROM size over) 8. Replace the FFC located between the SL-Relay PCB
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error and the Slider PCB.
68
819 : FW/HROM SIZ (HDROM size over) 9. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
69
81a : FW/FROM SIZ (FROM size over)

3
SYSTEM HALT (*) FW error
70
81b : FW/STACK OV (STACK OVER)
SYSTEM HALT (*) System error 1. Confirm the neighboring temperature of the Station III
000 : IOC1/ADC (STC3 A/D start error) PCB. In addition, confirm whether and it is an error by
the heat reckless driving of FPGA.
2. Confirm whether there is not a device generating
powerful electromagnetic waves to circumference.
71
3. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5) 4
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
5. Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) System error 1. Confirm the neighboring temperature of the SL-Relay
000 : IOC2/ADC (SPC A/D start error) PCB. In addition, confirm whether and it is an error by
the heat reckless driving of FPGA.
2. Confirm whether there is not a device generating
5
powerful electromagnetic waves to circumference.
72
3. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to
6.4.5)

6
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
5. Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*) System error 1. Confirm the neighboring temperature of the Slider
000 : HDC/ADC (HDC A/D start error) PCB. In addition, confirm whether and it is an error by
the heat reckless driving of FPGA.
2. Confirm whether there is not a device generating
73
powerful electromagnetic waves to circumference.
3. Replace the Slider PCB with a new one. (Refer to 7
6.4.5)
4. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)
5. Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.
(Refer to 6.4.1)
SYSTEM HALT (*)
74 000 : UNNOWN ERR
Unnown error 1. Update F/W.
2. Check and clear the parameter. 8
3. Replace the Main PCB with a new one. (Refer to 3.3.1)

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.4 R.1.0 P.7


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Details on Errors and Malfunctions > Troubles Without Messages Dis-
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.1.5 Troubles Without Messages Displayed 1.0

There is a possibility of electric shock.


Before working of the power supply and the surroundings, be sure to remove the power cable.

List of the Troubles Without Messages Displayed

No. Case Cause List of Countermeasures 1


Start-up Fails at Power on Power path defective 1. Check the connection of cables.
2. Check the grounding of each electric equipment.
Main Power SW defective 1. Check the connection of Main Power SW.

2
2. Replace the Main Power SW with a new one.
1 Sub Power SW defective 1. Check the connection of Sub Power SW.
2. Replace the Sub Power SW with a new one.
Power Supply PCB defective Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.
Keyboard PCBdefective Replace the Keyboard PCB with a new one.
Main PCB defective Replace the Main PCB with a new one.
Something is displayed on
LCD, but the printer does not
start.
Abnormality of the wiring 1. Check the connection of cables.
2. Replace the FFC located between the Keyboard PCB and the 3
Main PCB.
Sub Power SW defective 1. Check the connection of Sub Power SW.
2
2. Replace the Sub Power SW with a new one.

4
Power Supply PCB defective Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.
Keyboard PCBdefective Replace the Keyboard PCB with a new one.
Main PCB defective Replace the Main PCB with a new one.
The UV lamp is not lighted. Abnormality of the wiring 1. Check connection between the Slider PCB and the UV unit.
2. Replace the cable located between the Slider PCB and the UV
3 unit.

5
UV unit defective Replace the UV unit with a new one.
Slider PCB defective Replace the Slider PCB with a new one.
Carriage hits a work and the Work Area Sensor defective 1. Readjust the Work Area Sensor.
table 2. Check the connection of Work Area Sensor.
3. Replace the Work Area Sensor with a new one.

6
4 Carriage height defective Readjust the height of the carriage.
Table defective 1. Check the Z-Origin sensor.
2. Replace the Z-Origin sensor with a new one.
3. Readjust the table.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.1.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Detailed Methods of Coping with the Malfunctions

7. Troubleshooting
7.1 7.2
7
Details on Errors and Malfunctions Detailed Methods of Coping with
the Malfunctions

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Detailed Methods of Coping with the Malfunctions > Cannot start for SYS-
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.2.1 Cannot start for SYSTEMHALT(1) 11c:SLDR PCB H 1.0

Outline
If the result of FFC connection check between the Slider Relay PCB and the Slider PCB is NG, the relevant error is
displayed and the startup operation stops.

It could be due to connection mistake of connector, FFC being inserted sidling, damage of FFC, etc., therefore, check
below.

Confirmation item
1 Check whether there is connection mistake of connector on FFC between the Slider Relay PCB and the Slider PCB,
1
FFC being inserted sidling or forgetting to lock.

Relationship between FFC connections

2
Slider PCB Slider Relay PCB
CN6 CN8
CN4 CN7
CN2 CN3

2 Check whether there is no damage on FFC between the Slider Relay PCB and the Slider PCB. If there is any dam-
age, replace it. 3
In addition, if there is any damage, check that the countermeasure of 6.1.3 Tube_FFC Holder Stick the Protec-
tion tape Stick the Protection tape has been taken.
As this countermeasure has not been taken during the production process for the machine whose serial No.
is J80xB275 and earlier, be sure to check this countermeasure on the machine earlier than the relevant No.
For the method, refer to 6.1.3 Tube_FFC Holder Stick the Protection tape .
4

5
Example of damage of FPC cable
Coating had been damaged and short-
circuited with the metal part. (black
point within red circle)

7
3 Replace the Slider PCB or the Slider Relay PCB.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.2.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Detailed Methods of Coping with the Malfunctions > Discharging defect can-
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

7.2.2 Discharging defect cannot be improved by cleaning. 1.0

Outline
In some cases, the nozzle missing and deflection cannot be improved by cleaning. As its cause, there is a possibility
that dirt may adhere to the nozzle surface or ink may adhere to/fix to the nozzle surface due to mist. Also, foreign
substances may be clogged in the nozzle.
For the countermeasure, perform two works below:
Countermeasure 1: Clean the nozzle surface directly with a cleaning stick and cleaning liquid.

1
Countermeasure 2: If defect cannot be improved even if you performed "Countermeasure 1" above, perform pres-
sure filling of cleaning liquid.

Example of mist
2
adhering and fixing

Countermeasure 1

3
Work procedure
1. Turn the power ON.
<LOCAL>
2. Select menu of the MAINTENANCE of FUNCTION.
FUNCTION 3. Select menu of the MENT :HEAD MENT of STATION

4
MAINTENANCE <ent>
from MAINTENANCE.
The carriage moves to the center of the front edge.
MAINTENANCE
STATION <ent>

STATION

5
MENT :HEAD MENT

4. Open the Front cover TB.

Front cover TB

5. Clean the Nozzle surface. 7


Immerse a cleaning swab in cleaning liquid and clean the
nozzle surface.

8
Do not apply pressure on the nozzle surface.
Wipe lightly as if absorbing ink drops.

Be careful about the light pointer so that cleaning


liquid may not adhere to it.
Nozzle surface

6. Close the Front cover TB and press [ENTER] key.


STATION
COMPLETED <ent>

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.2.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Detailed Methods of Coping with the Malfunctions > Discharging defect can-
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark
7.2.2 Discharging defect cannot be improved by cleaning. 1.0

Countermeasure 2

Required items

1 Syringe kit for head washing (Type No. A103291)


Syringe kit for head washing
2 Tube kit (Type No. A103348)

3 Cleaning liquid bottle (Type No. A102452)

4 Stainless steel bat


1
5 Phillips screwdriver Tube kit

Work procedure
1. Turn the power ON.
2
<LOCAL>
2. Select menu of the MAINTENANCE of FUNCTION.

3
FUNCTION 3. Select menu of the MENT :HEAD MENT of STATION
MAINTENANCE <ent> from MAINTENANCE.
The carriage moves to the center of the front edge.
MAINTENANCE
STATION <ent>

STATION
MENT :HEAD MENT 4
4. Open the Front cover TB.

5. Remove the Front cover.

5
Front cover

Front cover TB 6
6. Place a tray for cleaning liquid such as a stainless steel bat
under the head.

8
Stainless steel bat

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.2.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Troubleshooting > Detailed Methods of Coping with the Malfunctions > Discharging defect cannot be improved by cleaning.
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark
7.2.2 Discharging defect cannot be improved by cleaning. 1.0

7. Perform pressure filling of cleaning liquid from the air drain


port.

For this work, the syringe is used, however, do not


pull out the piston when you connect with the air
drain port. It may absorb foreign object into the
nozzle and cause nozzle defect.
1
(1) Uncap the air drain port.
(2) Set the syringe kit with 10cc of cleaning liquid on the air
drain port.
(3) Fill 10cc taking time of 15 to 20 sec.
At this time, check that cleaning liquid shower down from 2
the nozzle.

While holding the filter with your hand to avoid

3
the filter from coming off due to the pressure of
the syringe, fill cleaning liquid.

(4) Remove the Syringe kit and cap the air drain port.

8. Press [ENTER] key.

4
STATION
COMPLETED <ent>

9. Perform [MAINTENANCE] - [FILL UP INK] - [air pg].


<LOCAL>
*To avoid cleaning liquid from mixing with ink.

FUNCTION
MAINTENANCE <ent> 5
MAINTENANCE
FILL UP INK <ent>

FILL UP INK
TYPE:air pg 6
10. Close the Front cover TB.

11. Attach the Front cover.

12. Perform test drawing to check that there is no blur. 7


*If there are any blur, perform cleaning.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 7.2.2 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Basic Operation

8. Operation Flow
8.1 8.2 8.3
8
Basic Operation Print Mode Service Mode

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Basic Operation > Start
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.1.1 Start 1.0

7,(UVCTVWR
8GT 

2.'#5'9#+6
5'#4%*+0)14+)+0
(70%

1
.1%#.

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.1.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Print Mode

8. Operation Flow
8.1 8.2 8.3
8
Basic Operation Print Mode Service Mode

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Print Mode > LOCAL / REMOTE
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.2.1 LOCAL / REMOTE 1.0

/2&$/!

(17(5 /2&$/!.&0<: &/ (17 8-)9 (17 /2&$/!


5(0$,1 05/,,,9

1
)81&7,21 )81&7,21
6(783(17!

'$7$&/($5 '$7$&/($5 (17 '$7$&/($5


(17!

7(67 7(67'5$: (17 7(67'5$:


6&$1',5 (17!

7(67'5$: (17 7(67'5$:


)(('',5 (17!

&/($1,1*

5(027(
&/($1,1*
+($'>0&<.:&/@

5(027(
(17 &/($1,1*
7<3(QQRUPDO
QRUPDOVRIWKDUG
RU 5(027(
(17 &/($1,1*

2
P  IW

3
FUNCTION

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.2.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Print Mode > FUNCTION
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.2.2 FUNCTION 1.0

SETUP

MAINTENANCE

3
MACHINE SETUP



#ADJUST

4
#TEST

#PARAMETER

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.2.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Print Mode > SETUP
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.2.3 SETUP 1.0

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.2.3 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Print Mode > MAINTENANCE
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.2.4 MAINTENANCE 1.0

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.2.4 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Print Mode > MACHINE SETUP
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.2.5 MACHINE SETUP 1.0

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.2.5 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Service Mode

8. Operation Flow
8.1 8.2 8.3
8
Basic Operation Print Mode Service Mode

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Service Mode > #ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 3.50/1.00 Remark

8.3.1 #ADJUST 1.0

 %QORNGVKQP
(70%6+10 '06 #&,756 '06 24+06#&,756 '06 24+06#&,756 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 24+06#&,756 
24+06#&,756 '06 24+06#&,756 '06
#&,756'06 24+06#&,756GPV 5'.'%65K&KT 5K&KT24+06 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0) '0& *#*$
 *#*#

  

24+06#&,756 '06 24+06#&,756 '06 24+06#&,756 '06 24+06#&,756 '06 24+06#&,756


(70%
*#*$
 *#*#
 *#*$
 *#*#
 *#*$

    
 %QORNGVKQP
24+06#&,756 '06 24+06#&,756 '06 24+06#&,756 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 24+06#&,756 
24+06#&,756
5'.'%6$K&KT ;&2+ $K&KT24+06 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0) '0& &2+$K&KT

1
 

#&,756 '06 *'#&#&,756 '06 5.#06#&,756 '06 5.#06#&,756 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 5.#06#&,756
*'#&#&,756GPV 5.#06#&,756GPV /1&'PQTOCN 24+0656#46GPV 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)
 PQTOCNHKPG 4'/

5.#06#&,756
1XGT.CR


9JGPRCVVGTPKUUGNGEVGF
*'#&#&,756 '06 215+6+10#&,756 '06 215+6+10#&,756 '06 215+6+10#&,756 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 215+6+10#&,756
215+6+10#&,756GPV 2#66'40RCVVGTP 2#66'40*'#&#.. 24+0656#46GPV 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)
(70% RCVVGTPRCVVGTP *'#&#..*'#&*'#&

'06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06

2
#&,756
4'2.#%'%1706GPV %#464+&)'GPV %#464+&)' %#464+&)' %#464+&)' %#464+&)' %#464+&)'


4'2.#%'%1706 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706


5%#0%1706 %#464+&)' %#464+&)' %#464+&)'


4'2.#%'%1706
75'6+/'*


4'2.#%'%1706
9+2+0)%1706


3
4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06
5*16%1706GPV 0 0 0 0 0
(70% 

4'2.#%'%1706 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706


&4#9.'0)6*O 0 0 0


4'2.#%'%1706
&4#9#4'#O


4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06

4
+0-2+%GPV %#464+&)' %#464+&)' %#464+&)' %#464+&)' %#464+&)'

4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706 '06 4'2.#%'%1706


%#464+&)' %#464+&)' %#464+&)'

5
#&,756 '06 &'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6
&'(#7.65'6GPV 5;56'/RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


/#+06'RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


5'481RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6

6
(''&RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


*'#&RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70% 

&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


+0-RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


+0-RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


7
&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6
5%#0RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


9#8'RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


9#8'RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


9#8'RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV

8


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


9#8'RCTCOGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV


&'(#7.65'6 '06 &'(#7.65'6


5*+22+0)UGVGPV +0+6+#.1-!GPV

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.3.1 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Service Mode > #ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 3.50/1.00 Remark

8.3.1 #ADJUST 1.0

#&,756 '06 %#22+0)


%#22+0)GPV %#2215

(70% 

#&,756 '06 #&,7569+2'4


#&,7569+2'4GPV 9+2'4215
(70% 
/QPKVQT /QPKVQT
#&,756 '06 '06 9#5* 9#5*+0) 6KOG 9#5* '06 9#5*+0) 6KOG 9#5*
*'#&9#5*GPV 4'/18'%#464+&)' 2.'#5'9#+6 5'6%.'#0%#464+&)' 2.'#5'9#+6 4'/18'%#464+&)'
(70%

1
/QPKVQT
9#5*+0) 6KOG 9#5* '06 9#5*+0) 6KOG 9#5* 9#5*+0) 6KOG 67$'%.'#0+0) '06
2.'#5'9#+6 5'6%.'#0%#464+&)' 2.'#5'9#+6 4'/18'%#464+&)' 2.'#5'9#+6 %1/2.'6'&GPV

/QPKVQT /QPKVQT
9+2'4%.'#0+0) '06 9#5* 9#5* 9#5*+0) 6KOG 9#5* 9#5*+0)
%1/2.'6'&GPV '0& %106+07' 5'664#05611. 2.'#5'9#+6 4'/18'611. 2.'#5'9#+6

/QPKVQT
#&,756 '06 67$'%.'#0+0) 67$'%.'#0+0)
67$'%.'#0+0)GPV 4'/18'%#464+&)' %1/2.'6'&GPV
(70%

#&,756 '06 *'#&+&*1FF '06 *'#&+&*'XGP '06 *'#&+&*1FF '06 *'#&+&*'XGP '06 *'#&+&*1FF '06 *'#&+&*'XGP '06

2
*'#&+&GPV 8
1HHUGV 8
1HHUGV 8
1HHUGV 8
1HHUGV 8
1HHUGV 8
1HHUGV
(70%      

*'#&+&*1FF '06 *'#&+&*'XGP


8
1HHUGV 8
1HHUGV
 
#&,756 '06 4'5'6
4'5'65*16%17065
5*16 %17065 '06 1((5'6
1((5'681.6
81.6
4'5'65*16%065GPV *'#&=/%;-%.%.99? +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

#&,756 '06 *'#&81.6#&,756 %JGEM *'#&81.6#&,756 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR *'#&81.6#&,756


*'#&81.6#&,GPV 5'.'%6%*'%- 24+0656#46GPV 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)
(70% %*'%-#&,756

#FLWUV *'#&81.6#&,756 '06 *&1((5'6=?8 '06 *&1((5'6=?8 '06 *&1((5'6=?8 '06

3
5'.'%6*'XP
/ UVCTV8 UVQR8 UVGR8
*'XP
/ *1FF
% *'XP
; *   
1FF
- *'XP
%. *1FF
%. *'XP
9 * %QORNGVKQP
*'#&81.6#&,756 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR *'#&81.6#&,756 *&1((5'6=?8
24+0656#46GPV 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0) *'XP
/ 8


5
#&,756 '06 *'#&6'/2
*'#&6'/2GPV 6'/2%
(70% 

#&,756 '06 ':%*#0)'.'&78 '06 ':%*#0)'.'&78 6KOG ':%*#0)'.'&78 '06 ':%*#0)'.'&78 '06 ':%*#0)'.'&78
':%*#0)'.'&78GPV 9#56'#(GPV 2.'#5'9#+6 4'#&;VQ':%*#0)' 4GUGVKTTVKOGGPV 2.'#5'219'41((
(70%

#&,756 '06 78WPKV '06 78WPKV '06 78WPKV


78WPKVGPV 78WPKV 5%#0.'8'. 4'6740.'8'.
(70%   

#&,756 '06 1$5647%6+101((


5'05'1$564%60GPV 

6
(70%

#&,756 '06 5'4+#.01


5'4+#.0QGPV 50
(70%  <

#&,756 '06 &'#.'401


&'#.'40QGPV &0
(70%  <
 %QORNGVKQP
#&,756 '06 14+)+0#&,756 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 14+)+0#&,756 14+)+0#&,756 '06 14+)+0#&,756
14+)+0#&,756GPV %.'#4 &4#9 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0) '0& :; :;
(70% : ;

#&,756 '06 6#$.'#&,756 '06 6#$.'#&,756

7

6#$.'#&,756GPV 5.+&'410 %1/2.'6'&GPV
(70% 101((

#&,756 '06 5'637#.+6; '06 5'637#.+6; '06 5'637#.+6; '06 5'637#.+6;
5'637#.+6;GPV :&2+ 37#.+6;56#0&#4& 2#55RCUU *+)*52''&1((
(70%  56#0&#4&(+0'(#56 101((
 %QORNGVKQP
#&,756 '06 (''&%1/2 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR (''&%1/2 (''&%1/2
(''&%1/2GPV 24+0656#46GPV 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0) '0& #&,756
(70% 

#&,756 '06 9#5*67$' '06 5'69#5*611. '06 9#5*67$' '06 4'/18'9#5*611.


% % %1/2.'6'GPV %1/2.'6'GPV %1/2.'6'GPV
9#5*67$'GPV *'#&=/%;- . .99?
(70%

8
#&,756 '06 #0).'#&,756 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR #0).'#&,756
#0).'#&,756GPV 24+0656#46GPV 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)
(70%

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.3.1 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Service Mode > #ADJUST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised 2013.02.07 F/W ver 3.50/1.00 Remark

8.3.1 #ADJUST 1.1

$'-867 (17 /$1 (17 /$1,3B$''5! /$1,3B$''5! /$1,3B$''5! /$1,3B$''5!


/$1&21),*HQW! ,3$''5(66HQW '''''''''''' '''''''''''' '''''''''''' ''''''''''''
    
'HIDXOW*DWHZD\
/$1 (17 /$1'()*:! /$1'()*:! /$1'()*:! /$1'()*:!
'()$8/7*$7(:$<HQW '''''''''''' '''''''''''' '''''''''''' ''''''''''''
)81&     
'16$GGUHVV
/$1 (17 /$1'16! /$1'16! /$1'16! /$1'16!

1
'16$''5(66HQW '''''''''''' '''''''''''' '''''''''''' ''''''''''''
    
6XE1HW0DVN
/$1 (17 /$1
68%1(706.HQW 1(70$6.
 
6073$GGUHVV
/$1 (17 /$16073!
6073$''5(66HQW ZL]WHFFRMS



323$GGUHVV
/$1 (17 /$1323!
323$''5(66HQW ZL]WHFFRMS



8VHU1DPH

2
/$1 (17 /$186(51$0(!
86(51$0(HQW PDLOWHVW



6073EHIRUH323
/$1 (17 /$1
323EHIRUH6073HQW 323EHIRUH60732))
 212))
$323
/$1 (17 /$1
$323HQW $32321
212))

$'-867 (17 0$&+,1(1$0(


0$&+,1(1$0(HQW! 0DFKLQH1DPH  Not used for UJF-6042

3
)81& $

$'-867 (17 3$&.,1*


3$&.,1*HQW! &203/(7('HQW

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.3.1 R.1.1 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Service Mode > #TEST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.3.2 #TEST 1.0

(70%6+10 '06 6'56 '06 %*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40


6'56'06 %*'%-2#66'40GPV 2#66'40 :&2+
 '06

%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40
2#66'40 ;&2+
 '06

%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40 1PN[HQT8


2#66'40 2.165K&KTRCUU 9+&6*FQVU .+0'5.#06*.+0'CPF

1
)4+&
 : '06
:
%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40 1PN[HQT8.+0'5.#06
2#66'40 $'69''0FQVU CPF*.+0'
 '06

%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40 1PN[HQT)4+&


2#66'4001<<.' )4+&5+<'OO
 '06

%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40


2#66'408.+0' :;
 '06

2
%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40
2#66'40*.+0' :;
 '06

%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40


2#66'405.#06 EQNQT=/%;-AAAA?
 '06
'06

%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40 4'/ %*'%-2#66'40


2#66'40)4#&#6' 0Q\\NG=? 2#66'402.16
(70%  4'/ '06

%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40 *'#&6'/2%10641.


2#66'408$9 *+)*52''&1(( 2.'#5'9#+6

3
 101(( 6GOR

%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40



2#66'40*$9 24+06+0)


%*'%-2#66'40 '06
2#66'40(''&'8#.


%*'%-2#66'40 '06
2#66'40)4+&


%*'%-2#66'40 '06 %*'%-2#66'40 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR %*'%-2#66'40

4
2#6'40&412%*'%- 2#66'402.16 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)

5
6'56 '06 2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9
2#4#/'6'4&4#9GPV &4#95;56'/2#4#/ 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)


2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#9/#+06'2#4#/ 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)


2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#95'4812#4#/ 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)


2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9

6
&4#9(''&2#4#/ 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)


2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#9*'#&2#4#/ 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)
(70% 

2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#9+0-2#4#/ 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)


2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#9+0-2#4#/ 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)


7
2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9
&4#95%#02#4#/ 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)


2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#99#8'2#44/ %1.145.%6FTQR% 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)
 FTQR%FTQR9FTQR%FTQR9FTQR%FTQR9

2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#99#8'2#4#/ %1.145.%6- 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)
 -%/;9

2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#99#8'2#4#/ %1.145.%6- 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)

8
 -%/;92

2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 2#4#/'6'4&4#9 '06 *'#&6'/2%10641. 6GOR 2#4#/'6'4&4#9


&4#99#8'2#4#/ %1.145.%6- 2.'#5'9#+6 24+06+0)
-%/;9

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.3.2 R.1.0 P.1


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Service Mode > #TEST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.3.2 #TEST 1.0

6'56 '06 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56


5'05146'56GPV %QXGT12'0 ;1TI10 :1TI10 <1TI10 9KRGT1TI1(( 9QTM*GKIJV10
(70% 12'0%.15' 101(( 101(( 101(( 101(( 101((

5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56


+PM%VTI10 +PM%VTI10 +PM%VTI10 +PM%VTI10 +PM%VTI10 +PM%VTI10
101(( 101(( 101(( 101(( 101(( 101((

5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56


+PM%VTI10 +PM%VTI10 +PM0GCT1- +PM0GCT1- +PM0GCT1- +PM0GCT1-
1-0'0& 1-0'0& 1-0'0& 1-0'0& 1-0'0& 1-0'0&

1
5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56 5'05146'56
+PM0GCT1- +PM0GCT1- +PM0GCT1- +PM0GCT1- %QQN(NQCV10
1-0'0& 1-0'0& 101((
9JGPFCVCGTTQTQEEWTU 9JGPCFFTGUUGTTQTQEEWTU
6'56 '06 %*'%-/'/14; '06 %*'%-/'/14; %*'%-/'/14; %*'%-/'/14;
%*'%-/'/14;GPV %*'%-5&4#/ 5&4#/ 5&4#/&ZZZZZZZZ 5&4#/#ZZZZZZZZ

9JGPUWOGTTQTQEEWTU
%*'%-/'/14; '06 %*'%-/'/14; %*'%-/'/14;
%*'%-(41/ (41/ (41/57/'4414
(70%
9JGPFCVCGTTQTQEEWTU 9JGPCFFTGUUGTTQTQEEWTU
%*'%-/'/14; '06 %*'%-/'/14; %*'%-/'/14; %*'%-/'/14;

2
%*'%-54#/ 54#/ 54#/&ZZZZZZZZ 54#/#ZZZZZZZZ

6'56 '06 -';$1#4&6'56 -';$1#4&6'56 -';$1#4&6'56 -';$1#4&6'56 -';$1#4&6'56 -';$1#4&6'56


-';$1#4&6'56GPV -G[ 010' -G[ =(70%6+10? -G[ =4'/16'? -G[ ='06'4? -G[ =<72? -G[ =57$29459?

-';$1#4&6'56
-';$1#4& 6'56 -';$1#4&6'56
-';$1#4& 6'56 -';$1#4&6'56
-';$1#4& 6'56 -';$1#4&6'56
-';$1#4& 6'56 -';$1#4&6'56
-';$1#4& 6'56
-G[ =6'56&4#9? -G[ =%.'#0+0)? -G[ =&#6#%.'#4? ='0&? '0&6'56 -G[ =<&190?
(70%
-';$1#4&6'56 -';$1#4&6'56 -';$1#4&6'56 -';$1#4&6'56
-G[ =72? -G[ =&190? -G[ =.'(6? -G[ =4+)*6?

6'56 '06 


6'56.%&GPV 

3
(70%

5
6'56 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06
%*'%-6'/2GPV *65+0-% *'#&% *'#&% *'#&% *'#&% *'#&%
(70%

%*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06
*'#&% *'#&% *'#&% .'&78% .'&78% .'&78%

%*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2 '06 %*'%-6'/2


4#&+#6'4% *&$#5'% *&$#5'% .%&%

9JGPGTTQTQEEWTU
6'56 '06 %*'%-+0-+% '06 %06 '0& %06

6
%*'%-+0-+%GPV  AAAAAAAA +%'44
(70%

4'64;
6'56 '06 %*'%-78.'8'. '06 %*'%-78.'8'. '06 %*'%-78.'8'. '06 %*'%-78.'8'. '06 %*'%-78.'8'.
%*'%-78.'8'.GPV 5'66*'611.GPV 78.'8'. 56#46%*'%-78GPV %*'%-+0) 4'64; '0&
(70% 

6'56 '06 #)'+0) '06 :;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481 '06
#)'+0)GPV :;<5'481GPV <725# <725# <&05# <&05# <
5 # 5 # 

:;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481 '06


:5# :5# ;5# ;5#

7
5 # 5 #

:;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481 '06 :;<5'481


:; :; :;
 VQ OCZKOWO XCNWG
VQOCZKOWOXCNWG  VQ OCZKOWO XCNWG
VQOCZKOWOXCNWG

#)'+0) '06 :;5'481 '06 :;5'481 '06 :;5'481 '06 :;5'481 '06
:;5'481GPV :5# :5# ;5# ;5#
5 # 5 #

:;5'481 '06 :;5'481 '06 :;5'481


:; :; :;
VQOCZKOWOXCNWG VQOCZKOWOXCNWG

#)'+0) '06 :5'481 '06 :5'481 '06 :5'481 '06 :5'481

8
:5'481GPV :5# :5# : :
5 # VQOCZKOWOXCNWG

#)'+0) '06 ;5'481 '06 ;5'481 '06 ;5'481 '06 ;5'481


(70% ;5'481GPV ;5# ;5# ; ;
5 # VQOCZKOWOXCNWG

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.3.2 R.1.0 P.2


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Service Mode > #TEST
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.3.2 #TEST 1.0

#)'+0) '06 27/2/1614 '06 27/2/1614 '06 27/2/1614 '06 27/2/1614 '06 27/2/1614 '06
27/2/1614GPV ;DCT215(4106 %#21(( 27/2=? 52''&TRO #%%TROU
(41064'#4 101((  

27/2/1614 '06 27/2/1614 '06 27/2/1614


':'%6+/'U 27/256#46GPV ':'%6+/'UU
UF

#)'+0) '06 %;%.'27/2 '06 %;%.'27/2 '06 %;%.'27/2 '06 %;%.'27/2 '06 %;%.'27/2 '06
%;%.'27/2GPV 27/2=? &+4'%6+10(
(149#4& 52''&
TRO #%%TROU ':'%6+/'U
4'8'45'   UF

1
%;%.'27/2 '06 %;%.'27/2
27/256#46GPV ':'%6+/'UU

#)'+0) '06 9+2'4/1614 '06 9+2'4/1614


9+2'4/1614GPV 64;6+/'5
 4'/#+0


#)'+0) '06 <5'481 '06 <5'481 '06 <5'481 '06 <5'481 '06 <5'481
<5'481GPV <725# <725# <&05# <&05# <
5 # 5 # 

#)'+0) '06 9+2'*'#& '06 9+2'*'#&


9+2'*'#&GPV

2
64;6+/'5 4'/#+0


#)'+0) '06 %#22+0) '06 %#22+0) '06 %#22+0)


%#22+0)GPV 9CKVKPIVKOGU ':'%6+/'KPHKP 
 KPHKPUGEUGEOKPOKPOKPJTJTJTFC[
9JGP 6'56 24+06 KU 10
9JGP6'5624+06KU10
#)'+0) '06 %.'#0+0) '06 %.'#0+0) '06 %.'#0+0) '06 %.'#0+0) '06 %.'#0+0) '06
% %
%.'#0+0)GPV *'#&=/%;- . .99? 6;2'PQTOCN 6'5624+061(( 2CWUGVKOGU 64;6+/'5

PQTOCNUQHVJCTF 101((  

#)'+0) '06 4#&+#61427/2 %.'#0+0)


4#&+#61427/2GPV 27/2.'8'. 4'/#+0


3
#)'+0) '06 8#.8' '06 8#.8' '06 8#.8' '06 8#.8' '06 8#.8'
8#.8'GPV 8#.8'=? 101((%;%.'U 101((%1706 ':'%76'GPV %1706
 

#)'+0) '06 (.#5*+0) '06 (.#5*+0)UJQV '06 (.#5*+0) '06 (.#5*+0)


(.#5*+0)GPV &165+<'. 4'(4'5*.'8'. 64;6+/'5 4'/#+0
5/. .'8'..'8'. 

5
#)'+0) '06 :OGCUWTG '06 :OGCUWTG '06 :OGCUWTG '06 :OGCUWTG '06 :OGCUWTG
:OGCUWTGGPV :5# :5# :UVGROO :YCKVU 2OOOQXG
5 #  U
6GUVQHTGEQIPK\GF2%$
#)'+0) '06 %1/ '06 %1/56#
%1/GPV &'8+%'5.%656# 
56#56#5.4)5.&7-';$1#4&

6'56 '06 %*'%-'0%1&'4


%*'%-'0%1&'4GPV /ZZZZ'ZZZZ
(70%

6'56 '06 0Q&&&&$**** (70 '8'06.1)

6
'8'06.1)GPV ****;;//&&JJOOUU % 54%*260:::::::
&6%
TGRTGUGPVCVKQP
'8'06.1) 656 '8'06
(70% +0+6+#.1-!GPV TGUGTXGF

6'56 '06 %*'%-/'55#)' '06 '4414


%*'%-/'55#)'GPV 9#40+0)/'55#)'GPV %1//#0&

%*'%-/'55#)' '06 5;56'/*1.6



(70% '4414/'55#)'GPV '70-190'44

7
6'56 '06 6'56*#4&9#4' '06 1WV2QTV '06 1WV2QTV '06 1WV2QTV
6'56*#4&9#4'GPV 5'.'%61WV2QTV 4GIZZZZZ DKV1(( DKV1((
1WV2QTV+P2QTV#&%&#%2ED.KUV  101((

+P2QTV '06 ZZZZZ


(70% 4GIZZZZZ ****A::::

#&% '06 ZZZZZ


4GIZZZZZ 

&#% '06 ZZZZZ &6% ZZZZZ


4GIZZZZZ  

8


2ED.KUV
</%1-

6'56 '06 0'#4'0& '06 0'#4'0&


% %
0'#4'0&GPV *'#&=/%;- . .99? GZGEWVKPI

2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.3.2 R.1.0 P.3


Maintenance Manual > Operation Flow > Service Mode > #PARAMETER
Rev.
Model UJF-3042HG/-6042 Issued 2012.02.16 Revised F/W ver 1.00 Remark

8.3.3 #PARAMETER 1.0


(70%6+10 '06 2#4#/'6'4 '06 5;56'/2#4#/'6'4 '06 5;56'/2#4#/'6'4 5;56'/2#4#/'6'4
2#4#/'6'4'06 5;56'/RCTCOGPV 4)4+2 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 /#+06'2#4#/'6'4 '06 /#+06'2#4#/'6'4 /#+06'2#4#/'6'4


/#+06'RCTCOGPV /'%#V[R 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 5'4812#4#/'6'4 '06 5'4812#4#/'6'4 5'4812#4#/'6'4


5'481RCTCOGPV E%[ENG E
E +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 (''&2#4#/'6'4 '06 (''&2#4#/'6'4 (''&2#4#/'6'4

1
(''&RCTCOGPV 5[UVGO 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 *'#&2#4#/'6'4 '06 *'#&2#4#/'6'4 *'#&2#4#/'6'4


*'#&RCTCOGPV *#$ 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 +0-2#4#/'6'4 '06 +0-2#4#/'6'4 +0-2#4#/'6'4


+0-RCTCOGPV (KNN7R 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 +0-2#4#/'6'4 '06 +0-2#4#/'6'4 +0-2#4#/'6'4


+0-RCTCOGPV %#26+/' 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 &'$7)2#4#/'6'4 '06 &'$7)2#4#/'6'4 &'$7)2#4#/'6'4

2
&'$7)RCTCOGPV 25'2# 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 5%#02#4#/'6'4 '06 5%#02#4#/'6'4 5%#02#4#/'6'4


5%#0RCTCOGPV *F0HTGS  +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70%

2#4#/'6'4 '06 9#8'2#4#/ '06 9#8'2#4#/FTQR% '06 9#8'2#4#/FTQR% 9#8'2#4#/FTQR%


9#8'RCTCOGPV %1.145.%6FTQR% 8AQHU 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70% FTQR%FTQR9FTQR%FTQR9

2#4#/'6'4 '06 9#8'2#4#/ '06 9#8'2#4#/- '06 9#8'2#4#/- 9#8'2#4#/-


9#8'RCTCOGPV %1.145.%6-- 8AQHU 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70% -%/;9

3
2#4#/'6'4 '06 9#8'2#4#/ '06 9#8'2#4#/- '06 9#8'2#4#/- 9#8'2#4#/-
9#8'RCTCOGPV %1.145.%6-
- 8AQHU 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
(70% -%/;92

2#4#/'6'4 '06 9#8'2#4#/ '06 9#8'2#4#/- '06 9#8'2#4#/- 9#8'2#4#/-


9#8'RCTCOGPV %1.145.%6-- 8AQHU 
 +0+6+#.1-!GPV
-%/;9

ZZZ2#4#/'6'4


2013 MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO.,LTD. 8.3.3 R.1.0 P.1


IT
FW:3042HG;3.70
6042;1.30

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen